...,..
/"'

;/ t .
f ,t_u c

l

FIRST LESSONS

/fo ~

~.~: .

f,,

IN

·-.~

. ·.~ ,t.

['

C 0 M P 0 S I T I 0 N.

..
BY

JOHN S. HART, LL. D..
LITE PROFESSOR OF RHETOR IC AND OF THE E'NGLISH LANGUAG E AN O LI TER A TUR E I N
T Hf C OLLEGE OF N EW JER SE Y. F ORMER L Y PR I NCIP AL O F THE N[W JEG:SE ""

ST ATE NORMAL SCHOOL , AUTH O R OF A SERIE5 OF TEXT-BOOKS
ON THE EN GLISH LANGUAG E , ETC ., ETC.

b

l

PHILADELPHlA:

ELDREDGE & BROTHER,
No

17 North S9vonth Stroot.

i

,

b.,

L/

7

S Su .

.·· ...

\:..

-, .:

t-~

I (~ ( ,

T

1 f.o '._:i

<I

• ' I,,.

it

.

-r•

~­

-

!-

----

.,_~

'f·'-'

A SERIES OF TEXT-BOOKS
OX Tiii!:

WITHDRAWN

ENGLISH LAN GU AGE.

..J

...

By JOHN S. HART, LL.D .

µ.- . ~~

NO'J lo 1939

7 ·}-._ o,_.( ... '..__

'

v

Language-Lessons for Beginners.
An Elementary English Gn-1,mmar.
English Grammar and Analys is.
Firs t L essons in Composition .
Compo sition and Rhetoric.
A Short Cours e in Literature.
A Manual of Eng lis h Lit er~t ur e .
A Manual of American L ite r ature .
A Class-Book o f Poet ry.

~;.:~~:,~_-

;

t" ·~:;>.
\

~

..._ -·
..i

~:.

~y~,
NOTHIXG iu scl10ol i:; u,;ually so poo rly tm1gbt
tion .

'

:.{ i
I

..

or

tliose

CVll \"\;r~aut

' with the :mLject. Yet it woulJ Le JitliculL tv 11allH' a lJr:u1d t Ll1at
equal;; it i11 practical value. The al1ility Lo ex1Jr1.:":; uuc',.; l-11<111 ledge r eadily and clearly, which j ,; Ullly a11otl11.; r nam e fq r ,;ki ll i n

"

'

{. k)

, lr

Thi:; is the u11if;m11 te:;timony

a.-; Composi-

•

~­

~1~..: ..

··--'

a part of educaticm of
)C so generally neglected 1

i

"'
'

f'UCh prih tl1ere a ny i1 il1f'r-

ent diffi culty in teaching Compo:;ition, whi ch can ju,; tify thi-;

IL i!-1 my

a ~l'mrcd

convi ction, on the co11trnry, thnt tlil'rc

{ii

iv

PREFA CE .

or once a qnart ·r, should be attend ed to daily. I t :s_hould be put
on the same footing as rcadi11g :rnJ spelli ng. It ,.;huuld Leg in

l~~~-~~~!;~~~J lw nld continu e yea r
after year a::i a part of the daily routin e in sehool , until the :;tudy
is finally m e 11~ed in that of Rhetoric. A teacher wh o will per:;i::;tentl y g ive lti:s class a course of cxcrcii:;es of thi :; kind, grad ua tin g th e cxcrci::;c:s to the g rowiug ciq1acity of th e scholars, "·ill
find no more difliculty in teach ing Composition than a parent
finds in teaching his chi ldren to walk. Sc.:holars by such a co urse
of exercises acquire inse nsibly and almo:o t with out co nsc ious

Hcheme uf thought, a text, so to !:!p
mind, and by whi ch the scholar is led on systematically, and in
due logical order, from the si mples t and II\Oi:i t elementary forms
of ex press ion to those which are com plcx and ornamental. Th e
exercises thus lead by natural and ea.r;y i;teps to the study of
Grammar and R h e ~ri c, an<l are believed to be th e best possible
in troduction to those important bran ches.

PA iJI

1111 11111

ce;;;;, f

u

INTRODUCTION, .

'·

r

CHAPTER I. - Simple Words.
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION
SECTION

l. Noun s, .
2. Adj cc tiv eA, .
:J. Y1•rb•, .
4. AdYe r li•,

1:l

14

lo
17

CHAPTER II. SECTJON 1 .

D erivative W ords.

Nou ns, .

S ECT ION 2. Adj"c tiv eH ,
~ ~ C Tl O N 3. y c rl1s,
.
SECTION 4. Advo r~,

~4

.l/J

31

Th e sch olar who has

.PART

been traine<l to wri te wi th g rammati cal and rh eto ri cal co rrectne1>s will find no d iffi culty in study in g the theory of G rammar

~

l

1-

ON WORDS.

effort th e abil ity to ex press their id eas wi th cl earn e;;s, forc e, <Uld
elegance, and this abili ty , a!-l before remarked, gi Yes iucreru;ed
«th er than a textThc.-;o ex ercises, however are throu 10ut La.-;cd upon a

~

PART I.

S E N T E N C E - M A KI N G.

iJt:i~v,
h ere in th e edu cational proe dictate equally of common

J . S. H.

II.

..

CHAPTER I. - Simple S ente n c es.
5ECT IO:'< l. Th o• Si rnpl,.8t Funn o f
SECTION' 2 .

Thr

l'~,r[ f.!

of n

"

~"'.

th e Sunt.•• n ce,

' ")

w

~ 1·11f,· i 1 C'~,

:~

PnJl11J11u~ .

.' .·

~~,.;

:1g

8£CTIOl'C :1. A•lJ1111 CI S,

I. Adjn11 c 1s t" th e 8 nbj Pi:t and th " Ot.j.,t t,
Fo r m 1. AdJ11t1 e t fol forn1t·d hy No 1111 1n Appo.- ition,

4')

. ;. o
.+1

Yo r111 2. A1U11 n c tt1 fo rm··d l 1y No un iu Po:;se~:;i ve .
F o rm 3. C.u"' 1. Adjun (·t;; fo rm ed by A<lj ectivo,
Cn..Q.1\ '2. Adj 11 1wL..t f. •r111 <•d J,y Ad.i •·i' l 1,···-\\'i)rd,
F orm 4. Adjuu c ts fo rm ed hy Prcpo;ition-phr-J.11e,

i*

:)

'

•
•~

~[~

i:
···~

~.,

....
~

v

'
~.:1.,'
!!F~

'·
·<-:i''_J;,:if·.'

-

~

. co~ TE~

CONTE~'l'S .

Vl

T.::i .

\'i i

P ;\llK

2.

J\ t.lj1111 c t ~ to tltt~

_F1 1n11 l.

..Jf,

Pr<'dkatr·,

A 1 lj 1111rt~ fnri 1.1t·d

Uy A.l\'er b, .
For111 :.!. AJju1 H.: t s ftirriu·d 1.y l'r1·1•P.-titi11 11-plinv1r 1

4\i

PART

~"

}~EVlEW l:::"l.:tH C1:-:iE8,

~'.!

CO Ml'U S ITIU'.'18,

5-!

FIGU RA T l VE

I V.
).

EXPRESSION.

tii.

CHAPTER II. - Complex Sentences.
~ t::C TI O N'

1. Cot111 ecti ,-·..: f::.

0

·n t 1• n c•"B,
f~I)

Cu1 11 1111s iti 4• 11 ~.

:S.i:: tTIO ~

"2. :\ 11t i1lwtkal :--:

5 ECT IO:i

a.

~t·('T Fi"S

-t-.

·~~­

CHAPTEH 1.--Sirnile.

-~~
0

ici1.~~

·1Jt;: 11 t:e :-i,

C11111 1· 11~iti1111~ 1

Composi ti<inil,

•

I11f1•n· 111inl ~, · IJtL'll Ct'B,

CHAPTER 11. - Mewphor·.

c~111\pt< :-i ili 11 ll K • .

P · ·\·•·nd··fll ~;'!J IP111· i>.-: ,

l,!i j U)

vusi tion:~,

CHAPT En lII.--.,.. Metonyrny.

f\7

f=._t:t.'T1f1)ol" fi . n, ·l 1uiv1· :'1 ·11_i;·uc1·s.

.

~if j

CHA PT ER l V. - Synecdoche.
Com1i os itions,

III.

PART
VARIETY OF

~~-·~=-

EXPRESSION .

CHAPTER V. - Interrogation.
• 11 f4 )

Cnrnposition~,

CHAPTER VI. --Personification.
Compo~ition~~

r.1i~dla 1 n·u 11 !1 f.:,ul1ject~

CHAPTER I. - Chan i;:1e of Arrangement.

for

7U

CHAPTEH IL-Ch a ng e

or

PAHT V.
STYLE, or The Best Mod e of Ex fH ' f' '>,..; ion.

Stru c ture.

:-:~: 1· 11n:"l l. ~nl,J ·-· · t. 111 ,_1•·1 · ! .. r l'n ·d ii;·at·· Cl:,tt1~"l,
( ', ' J I : ) " • - ;

;\• t l '' p•

i " !';t ~"'] Y", ••! •'

1

C\•Uq _·•-·!"' itJ •d !""',
S E 1.:·no~ 3. Changu ~1 f l'artic ip il1l
Co101111:""1itio11~,

Coustrnctlona,

.

ll -l

11. 1·:111 i•lia -. i~,
Tl I l'1 1i :y,

i j · ./ ~ ,.,;

~l ;w'll•J.:i -~ , Ci 1:1 11,~\' !i " ~!i

'i:.1

1 V.

Stn,111-~tli,

•

jtj

77

PAHT

bt:CTJv?i -l. C l1111 -1,:.:• ; ,,f l' Pri.;nt ;, .
C•1 :np •Hd liir~:~ . .

S.t:CTION 0. ~ lil'ln · l ht1w n 11 fl. ChangPe,
Co lli)ii Hi iti u us,
SECTIO~ 6. S y1wnyn1 ~,

.

Compq~ili11n~ 1

SECTIO N 7. Co11 i <1ll /'1 U (·ri~ ,.

Ovm11oi; itiu1us,

C•llll!'t>~itinn,

LETTE R-WHITING.

HU
80
8 tJ
87

88

VI.

,._;·
==-~----=-_-

I. '.l:lje ll•_·;•dinh •.
Tl. The Addr• •..:.~.
111 Tlw :-=.11l1~cri11tinn,
IV. The SnpPr o:rriptinn,

1 ~- .

U7

Vlll

CO :\TE~TS.

...

'
APPENDIX.
PUNCTUATION.
SECTION I. -The Comma.
SECTION IL-The Semicolon.

INTRODUCTION.
SECTION III.-The Colon.
Ruic•

!lllll

_1.;xo rcl •e• ,

H6

SECTION IV. -The Period.
Rules and Ex erci•es,

149

SECTION V. -The Interrogation Point.
Hul es wid Exe1·cl sl's,

. 151

SECTION VI. -The Excl a rna tion Point.
l\ ule• uud Exorci•c•,

151

SECTION VIL -The Dash.
/

SECTION VIII. -The Parenthesis.
l\ul o~,

156

SECTION IX . - Brackets.

compose well, one n eed"' w
have, first of all, a knowl edg
!J' ~ knowledge of
things, however, is not to be ga.i ne
c st>u y of com position,
but by gen era l ::;tudy and reading, and by the expe rien ce of Jifo.
Suppo:,:1ing a pupil to have gained some knowledge of thing~ ,
he neeili;, in order to compose wdl, a kw1wlcdge 1. Of words, whid1 are the r eprese ntati\·es of thing:;.
2. Of the mo<lL·s of connecting wor<l::1 into senlrncc:; fur t he
expression of thought.
·
3. Of th e mode::! of changing the form of a sentencr, ,.;o a;; t•)
give a variety of expression for the sam e thou g ht.
4 . Of th e mo<les of e mbelli shing a tlwug h t by mtan,.; o f fi.!. ' ttr e,; .
5. 0 f sty le, o r the rule:; to be oh:;erve<l in th e frnmat i .. n ( f
sentences, in onle r that, the thoug ht may lJ1.: cxpn·,.;;;cd i11 l ite
mann er mo;;t J c:; ira ble .
~ c tlircdinns will be gi ve n also for writin g L(•1t f'r ", :1 ki11 d

•IJij.-

m1 1H1.~ i l ion

The prescu t work, therefo re, is dividl'Li into "ix l'arh , ~ ..,
follows :

SECTlON X. -Quotation M arks.
J.5k

SECTION XL-Apostroph e , Hyphen, etc.
Ru Inti. aud

I·~:xplana li o tHJ,

.

whi c h alllw,.;L e very u11e i,.; ea l!.-il t1po11 l •> ;•r:h:" .. .

PART

I.

PART

rr.

l'Alff

. 100

PAHT

SECTION XII. - C apita ls.

'VO P.DS AND WORD-MAKfNO.
SENTENCE-MAKING .

111. \'AIUETY OF EXP!cE,.;sfo'\.
TV. FrnuRATIVE ExPHEss 10:-;- .

V.

OF Ex1•1 tE,.." I') ".

Hul l'o and Explu un ti ons,

S ECT I ON XIII.

The exercise:,; in P a rt I. sbo td d be ;.;tudicd by chi ldr \' n a,'""!!
tht•y l'an re:Hl a n ll wri te flllent ly. Tlte\• :-iho1ild !..'' ' ll1r.,11 .d 1
titi s, and abo tl 1rvugh Pan rr., lJefore taking up t.lte ~11 l 1jt;CL uf

a:i

Pruuf· l\endiug,

• 166

~

;

..

10

· rNTRODUCTTO~ .

(; rammar. Th e><c two part:; form, ind eed, an cxccllcnt prr paration for that study.
l':Lrh Ilf., IV., V., a nJ \ ' I. may be studi ed to best :ttlrnntage
in ('lll111cc1inn with tl11' f'orn1 a l :-tudy of (:ramma r. Thr L' Xf' rci ,;e:-; i11 tl 1i,.; pa rt of' tl11· l1 <1ok m a~· be c1111t i11u cd, i11 1k1·d, u p to
th e poi n t wh n<' tl 1c• >'l'l 101:i r i:; rea1 ly to pas,.; from th o study o f
(; ran 1nrnr to that of 1' lictoric.
It i::1 not in t1' rnlctl, tl1 crl' fo rc, that the book should be tnkcn u p
:intl made a main :-t11dy fo r a few month;;, :uHl then be dropped.
The he;it mod e o f usin~ it i8 to a:-sign :t :-111all po rt ion o f i t da il y
:u; a n cxcrci,;c in co nn ecti o n with oth er f'tudiL''-', t h 11:< ca rryin g it
on through ~CYc rnl yearn, from the time when a f'chnlar hrgin;i
to read anJ w rite to t h e ti me when h e ha,.; ft n i~h rd Gra rn rua r,
(;cog raphy, Ari thmetic an<l the oth er lira 11 ch c8 wh ich wmally
!fO with t h em .

T

. '1 •

PA RT l.

~

W

ORDS .

1. So mueh o f the r ommon .C'.ram m a ti ('al d :i,.;,.;ili<·:it io n 11f " ·,,rd.;
i~ ta u ~:h t .

:ts to ena lili · th~ · ... c·l1 u l: tr, \ritliu11 t. r1 ·l~· r1·1 1 , · 1 ·

i L• :l l J\ "

1~;_ h ~ 1 r

book, to un dl'r-1:u1d :llld :tJ>t •l.'· tli .. nL'< 'i'""" n ' r11i.: - 1;.r 1'11r 111 : 11:.: -. ·11 tc nccs. 111 teacli i: 1,i.; co11q" '"itio 11 , it ~a\'L· .-. a ;.:rt·:1t 1k:tl ,,( 1' Jl<'t1111 locutio n, an d it ma kes th e in str uct ion mo re 1•r1T isc a11 d Ll11ir11 11:.:li,
fo r t h e sc ho la r to know f:rn1ili:irh· 'Yhat i- 111ea11! !.\' tii l· t•·rn:-.
No un , l ' ninoun . ,\dj1Tti"' " \'t ·rh . a11d ,\ol r crlJ. T!i n t· an · ' "' '' "
prel imin a ry exl' rv i;;e,.;, tl 1er\'li>r•', for tl'aci1i11g tli is par t 11i : iw
c b ::;s ifi cation aml u scs of \Yo rd:i.

~
~c

""'--

B

'

,.kith_

~:_
'' ~-

; 2. Othe r c x crci4cs follow , t he <•h.i<'ct o f whi vh j,., to lt::d tli "
pn p il by ca,<y nnd g-r:ul u:ll steps to notice both ho \\' w .. riJ, a1·.formed, a nd ho w c li a ng\'s o l' fo rm a tkct the rn 1·:111i11h. Thi- ,.;(11dy
of verbal fo rmat ion creates a ha hit ni' oh,;f·r rati 1>11 a11d of :Lt t<'11ti1111
t o t h e s uhj ect. U nde r the i11 llu1·1 1LT "r tl 1is 11ah it tl1t· ,.cl1olar
becomes a lm ost 11 11co n,.; c i1 iu~ l .v more acc u rate a11d i1it1·lii ,C't 'lll i11
t he u se o f word:;, an d .!!rad11ally acqui re,; a larger sl•wk "f 1·: .. rd"
for the exp rc,;>; io11 o f tl)() ll g li t. T l1 e "< t1 1dy pn1111u((·~ :il~·i a i!" ' "· r:d
h abit of'ac < · 11r ~tf' ~'. and of J<J)! if':tl a11ai" )!V, i11 tlif' u-1· "1· i:11w1::1 :c •',
and this in t urn ha.8 a rnar keJ and m o:; t uenclici a l illl ltit·nc1· ilJ•Oli
every oth er sturiy.
11

O~

13

WORDS .

3. \Vritc tlte names of five places thnt you b-n"2 l1 ean1
of, li11 t have not seen.
-L \Vritc the names of five places that you lut,·e rcall
about in Geog raphy or History .
5. \\' rite the 11amcs of five places that you ha ve rl'ad
about in the Biole.
NOT E. - Th c:;c words which you hav e no\v Lc<·n wr it 1ng a rc
~\'01111-~. The name of nny place b called a :\•Hill.

also cal k d

CHAPTER I.

1. \ \That is the name of that part of your l1ody '' it li
which you hear?
2 . -Write the names of five other parts of your l1nd_L
3 . \Vhat is the name of that part of th e lt<Jthl' \1· li ieh
is made to let in lig ht?
4 . \Vri te t he names of fiv~ other things that you can
see about the house.
5. \<Vritc tl1 e name.-; of five other things that yon ca nnot see, but can th ink of.

SIMPLE WORD S .

SECTION !.-Nouns.
D rnECTIOX.-1.'lH· 5'ch olar will wr ite answers to the foll o wing
11uestiont1, num berin g- each <lo:;wer to correspond to the number
of the questioll .

1. \ Vhat is yo11r own name ?
2. \Vri tc tlic nalll cs of five persons that you are-ncq uaintc<l with.

NOTE . -

Th ese word:; wl1id1 you have b ec:n wri t 111 g a re a ls•1
Th e name of any thing is calletl a :Noun.

called Nouns.

~3 . _ \ Vrite the n:uncs of fin! persons that you are not
a{'tl uai ntc(l w itli , l>u t haw: l1 L·:m1 of.
-1. \Vri te t he name:-> of five pr:r:-;ons that. yo1t have read
abo ut in hislo ry , or in story boo ks.
5. \ Vri tc tlic nalll cs of fi\·e persons that you lmvc read
t1l.xrnt in the Iliblc.

A Nou n i':! the name of any person, place, or thin g .
noun

n•-_111 n

ExAMPLE.-In going from Philadclpl1ia t u Bri,;tul I
noun

n oun

noun

111•11H

saw James in the car with a ha::;ket uf pcac]w..; i11 l1i..;
n oun

hands.

NOTE.-The'ie words which you have been wri ting nre called
Nouns. The na me of any p erson is called a Koun. .

- DrnECTION. -

Copy the following sentence;;, nn•J m a rk a ll the

Nouns, as in the example.

1. \Vhat is t l 1c name of the towu or ci ty that yo n ] i ve

1. .Jane went to S<"hool with a satdi l'l foll of' Ln1>k"'.

in?
2. Write the na mes of fisc other p laces tliat you liuve
seen.

~-

Tl1urn;1:-: liv es in Harr isourg in

:t

brge li ou,c«.

3. 1Tr . .Johnson, the farmer, b rings app le:-: to
a wag-011 drawn by two lwrses.

12

~-;
~i •

~.·~-

'

i 11arkd

111

'

I

15

O N W,ORDS .

•

LESSON S I N C O M PO S I T I O N .

FIR S T

14

.

You may k now that a worJ is a :K oun i f it mak es sense
wh en you pu t a, or an, or t!te befo re it, or whe n y ou put befo r e it
such wonh a:; good, bad, gl'ea l, s11ia ll, etc.
NOTE. -

'What .arc some of the other words w hjch can, 111 the
• same rn anu cr, be pu t before ap p le, <;le8eribing it, or td l)ing wliat kiu<l of an appl e it is ·t An.s. Sou r, red, gree n,
~ yello w, hanl, :;oft, j uiey, mellow, ri pc, round, large, :-mal I.

Duu:c:n o:-i . - W rite the foll owing sent en ces, and mark each of
N OT E.- Tlt c;;e wonb \\. h ic h ca n t h u!:i be a<ld ed tu 11 ou11:;, de,;c ri bing t he th ing::; n a med, are called Adj ective11. An AJj ecti \' C is a n
added word.

the N oun s.

1. Tl1c l1ook hac1 good <·o,·cr:-;, but wa.. ; p rin tc11 on l1aJ

pnpcl'.
2.
3.
4.
5.

'Yrite fiy c wor<b whi ch can he n,.,ed i u tl 1i::;
d escri bing oach of the foll owing o~i ecl~.

_ DIR ECTION. -

The boy had .a k ni fe with n. small bla11 c.
The air of the room i ~ 11 f' a h:1d qual ity .
T he appeararn:c of Wl'e<l:-> in a ~ard t n i:-; a bail sign.
T em pera nce ancl indrn;try promote hea lt h.

1. :Stone.
2. Iec.
3." \Yater .
4. G lass.
5 . I nk .
6. Snow.
7. }<'ire.
8. Su n.
9. Muo n.

- Th e orange is roun<l .
W hat a rc some of the ot \11.'r \rn rds that "·onld be s1\italJle Lu o·o with rouml ·? Ans.· \.pp le, hall, i; u11 , moon,
EX.\ :'1 1PL E.

0

cherry, cy(~, g lobe, mar b le, pea.

•

K m: E. - Tli rsc words arc all ~ ouns.
l)11n :('TJO>. - \\'rite i:r thc~[lmr ' \ 0.Y fiv e nr mo re K ouns wh ich
.,,·o uld 1! 11 to µ:n wilh en.ch of th e fv ll nwin i; wor<\,; :
•

1. , n n t 1n µ: . . .
2 St rai ,,.ht.
']

•

.
"'
3. · C rollk\'t1.
.

4. 1 fluarc.
5 . H :u·d .
6 . .. oft.
7. Jui , ·.

.

r

•

I

•

.·,.~
!--' 1·y.

9 ?1\fo i ~t.
10. Coltl.
11. Hut.
12. w a·rm.
13. Tou~h .
1--L Ilrit t l '·

10. Rose.
11.
12.
13 .
1-1.
15.

Dog.
Cat.
H orse.
Cow.
Gar<len.
16. House.
17. Book.
18. Paper .
~

w 1w

·'

19. Sl ate.
20. Sto n· .

I\:

r·,

21. Bm·.

22.
2;3.
2-!.
25.
2G.
27.

Gi rl.
.,

G old.
Siln·r.

:,·

l )'() ll.
\ Volld .
C'oa I.

. No·J:~, 1. -Th ~ words wh ich yo u l1 ave been writin g an· A•ijccI hey q uali fy or de::;cribe the things n amed . An :\rljl'f'.ti \·e
,is a wonl added to a Nou n t o q ualify or d escribe what i ~ 111un c<l.
~1 v es .

1 ·r-) . Ill:\ele .
1 G. \Vhi te.
17 . G rcc11 .
18. Xui:->y.
1D. F ast.

I

~OTE 2. --The Adj ecti ve doe.<1 n ot always statHl imrn etliatt-lv
before t he noun whi ch it q ualifies or de::;cri be~. T hus, w e· m:i~
say, Th e s weet apple, or, Th e apple is s weet. I n eith er ca.-l' tli.c
word "sweet " qua lifi es or d escribes " apple."
'

20. Slow.
2 1. S hort.

p. ollfl

EXAJ\IPL &'3. -The
noun

boy

ndjectivo

1s

stud ious.

ndjQdil'e

n•>u11

A wil d 111Jrcie.

nuj ect i\·e

The moon will be full.
· SECTI O N IL - A dject'fves.

,,
D IR EM'IO :-.". - \\'rite the fol l0 rnn,,. >'Nt' e nc""' ni .. -'-- 1' r· -, , 1• • i
·ecth ·es and tl1 \· ·
"' , ,
.., " ' "' '·'=' • ,.- . \.'•. e - oun .., as m the examofe<
:J"Pf·' '" " :1 •.•1
· ' an•l N "".... _ · · ·
me each _.\djecth-e with the X ou.n whi chi•,.u..J. ·:rio - - ------.- _ d~bes.
• i . . ._,, \)1
-·.

ExA~fPJ .E. -

I 1un-e :1 sired npple.
\n1~n "-t)r<l het"(' ~ - "'ith :l )pie, des<>ril>ing it and
tdfr ... wh. l - • a~l uf ;Ul :!ppl' it i:: ~ .Ans. s\ ·ee-t.

: cnrved
J
r

•··

~

16

F 1 HST

L ES S 0 N S I N C 0 :11 P 0 ti l T I 0 N •

1. The st 1m is i1ot dif1icnlt.
2. Tl 1e train 'ren t to ..:\ew York at a rapitl rat e.
:3. The tlo\\Tr:-; iu spri11g are eonsidercd beautiful.
4. You liavc made the lire hut.
5. His new slate is Lrokc11 into many small picees.
G. A merry heart maket h a gla<l countenance.
7. Tlic ol<l window is so dirty that you C'annot sec the
beautiful new hons 's on the opposite side of the street.

ON W_ORDS .

17

DIRECTION. - Copy the following Rentences, and mark the
\ rcrbs in each .

l. The stars shine in the sky .
2. The boy goes to school.
3. The warm sun melts the snow.--1. The grm;s in the meadow grows fiuely.
.
5 . The g irl looks like her mother.

G. Tbe teacher eommended h im fo r his studiousness.
7. The scholars love their teacher.
8. Temperance promote.., health.

SECTI O N III.- Verbs.

The boy plays.
"What arc some of the other things which we can say
tl1at the hoy docs, just as we sa:r, he plnys"? Ans. \Vritcs,
reads, wal ks, runs, sits, sleeps, talks, cats, drinks, laughi:;,
swims, skates, fishes.
E XA1\f PLE. -

NOTE. -The words in the foregoing answer arc called Verbs.
A word which tells thus what any one does is called a Verb.

DIRECTION . -Copy the following sentences, putting into each
blank :some Verb whi ch will make sense.

1. The hoy - - - on a horse.
2. The girl - - to me.
3. The <"louds - -- over the earth.
4. The man - - l1is dinn er .
5. The sc·l1obrs - - to school early.
G..Jolm - - a lu11d no ise.
7. They - -- him in the field .
8. Cows ---in the meadow.

DIRECTIO~. - \Vri te iu the same way two or more words sho wing what each of the followin~ thing~ commonly does.

1. Horse..
2. Dog.
3. Bi nl.
4. Bee.
5. Cat.

6. Gardener.
7. Ri ver .

SECTION IV . -Adverbs.

8. Snn.
9. S moke.

10. Fi re.

NOTE. -These won.b which you have been writiug are Verbs.
A word which teli;; you what :;ome one doc;:; i>1 called a Verb.

To Tll'E TF.A cn1rn. -This is not in tended o.s a st.r ict definition of tho
V erb, but it. i • ~uflicicntly i:t(wur:\to for the purposes for which it is here
u gc,J. nncl it will n ut 111i ~lc11d th e beginner.

EXAMPLE.

-The hoy walks .rapidly.

\ Vlwt are t-'t>mc of the other ways in w h i<·li a. lim· (·~rn
walk? - Ans. Slowly, lightly, heavily, ea~ily, 11oisily,
carefully, carelebsly.
NOTE. - Th ese word s, which tP,J] how one does a thing, are
called Ad1!t'rb.~. The,v ar.~ called AdverhH becau'!e they are u~u­
ally added or joined t"-> Verb,;.

;:7~~- '-'.·-~ ·:;"' \' .'.~.
;~-..;"~.'.~.. ;·.":;
,,:..· .

..

j~~~

18

FI HWf

LERflOlS'S

T N COMI'05llTION" .

•

.
\V "tc fh·c
wo r d." c11d.111g in ly, suitable LI) go
·
n
.
,__
l ·J10wi1w
difforent ways lU
J)JRECTJO:S- . .
I
1·
t
l
follow11w
Yr
rus,
:lllt "
o
w1lh eac l o
le
<=>
.1
Jone
.
wh1. c l1 cac·I 1 o f tl1e •actio n . he re nallh.'u may 0e

1.
2.
3.
4.

W ri tt-s.

l,e.ads.
St11\1ies.
Eat·s.

5. Slt'q>s.

6. Tal k1;.
7. Laughs.

8. ~ings .
9. Plays.
10. Workl'l.

'J" . e \\·qrds whi ch vou li::n-c Iieri1 writing are eallr<l
nu;
. ·
. . J to tell how any
i\I
J .q,.i"• ' \ d \· crbs end Ill ly, and arc u:,;c
one doe.-; a thing.

CHAPTER II.

NoTE. ·-

A deer t.;s.

DERIVATIVE WORDS .

SECTION !.-Nouns.
EXAMPLE. -

ness..

..

From round we form the word

.,...ound~

DIRECTION. - Write the words ending in ness which are fo rmed
from the following:

1. Glad .

2. Small.
3. Good.

4. Ba<l.
5. Sound.

6. Rotten.
7. Sour.
8. Sweet.
!) .
oft.
10. Hurd.

11. Red.
12. Green .
l.5 . .White.
14. Black.
15. Dull.

-..,..__

EXAMPLES.

- Swift, s~viftness;

happ., happiness.

DIRECTION. - ·w rite in the same way ten similar pairs of words,
- that you can think of, or can find in the dictionary.

·NoTE.--Sometimes, when a word is fo rmed by adding nes., to
anQther word, the spelling is changed a little; a,;, l&appy, /irr.ppiness (not happyness) . In forming these words in nestJ, you mu~t
be careful to get the spelling right.

21

ON WO.RDS .

r : EsBON~

Fl nsT

IN co111ros 1T!ON .

1. Bake.
2. V isit.
:3. ·write.
4. Act.
5. Uphold .

C'opv tl1c 1·ullowirw ex1)rel"::;io n~ , tilling up the

,.

} ) lltE(T IO.-.J
,.,
•
•
•s
blank in ea('h with t1ome proper wnrJ endlll g in nl~, .

1. The - - of" paper.
:z. The _ __ or the night.
3. T he - - of thr :ii r.
-L The _ _ of the board .
5. The of' the girl.
G. The _ _ of" the g lob<'.
7. The or the journ<'y.
s. The _ _ of the man.
of the room .
9. The _
of the lion.
1 o. The ExAMPLI·:. -

-The

9. Pur::;ue.
10. Besiege.

NOTE. - f:iomctin 1cs, in formi11g word:-; <Jf tlii::i k i 11d , th e ,.;pcll ing is changed a littie. Y ou mu::it be careful to look i n the dictionary to see how tho word is spelled, and also whl:lher it :uhb
01·

or er.
EXAMPLES . - -

Believe, believer; nrn, runn er; accept,

acceptor.
·write ten similar pairs of words, that you can
think of, or can find in the dictionary.
DIRECTION. -

Sottrne8Sj a stat<' of hcing sou r, n,cidity .
EXAMPLE .

1\ 0 TE.

6. Pretcntl .
7. Betray.
8. Dell:11d.

lett,.rs ness added to a word mean " a st.ute of

- Actor; one who act..'J, a . JoC1-.

NOTE. - The letters er or or added to a verb, generally m ea~

v

being."

"one who."

.
- 1 . me way two meani ngs of each
\Vntc in tic sa
.
.
·1 . I .
. . . . ' ~ the fu-,.;t mcanrng t hat v.- iic l is
of the followrn~ wordi:\, gl\ in t;_ or
i. b . " 'lnd 1ror the second
l " . ·t-itc o c111g •
'
- form c<l liy using ~ 1ic won~
.s " ·t to you ~f those found in the
mean in g that wluch i:;ecm,, p ,unes
DIRFCTI0:'-1 . -

,

.

t

! 1" '

>

dictionary.

1. l31 :wknc.<\.s.
2. Rnwot h Tl('f'S.
:i. Smn.11 ncs:;.

4. Rouµ;hness .
5. Tou<rhness.

G. Qui<'k lWf'.S .
7. 1-Ie:win<'f'.8.
8. Truth fn ltwf'~.
9. San ci n cf's.

10. Mirthfu1nc::;s.

-- - -

DIRECTION. - 'Vrite in the same way two meaning::i of r ach
of the following words,-g iving for the firt>t meaning tl1at w\1i eh i,.;
formed by using the worcb "one \vho," and giv ing fur th e H( 'C<1 11'l
meaning that which seems plainest to you of tlw;ie found i rt the

· dictiona ry.

1. ·writer.
2. Driver.
3. Distur ber.
4. Hater.
5. Fight€r.

6. Creator.
7. Robber.
8. Murderer.
9. Trar1:-;g-n·:-;!'or.
10. \Yorker.

~

·
ExA11f"PLES . ...,-- From

r

hnild we iorm
From create we {~rm the wonl creator .

th e wonl buil,der.

. in tr, or "or, which are
l)nn:CTION . - - 'Vri te the wor d :; en J 11){.t
forrn crl from the follow ing :

EXAMPLES. -

From trne we form the word tr uth ;

from strong, strength.
NOTE . -In formiug " ·ord,.; by adding th, t he spe lling of the
-original word is often chan ged , as strong, sfrengtli ( Hot ~ t r<"Jr1 gt 11 ).

DmECTlO~. _Write the words ending in th forme .- om the
followin g.

(Be careful about the spelling.)

EXAMPLF..S . -Strength;

a :-o;tate of being strong, power.
1hdh ; a state of being true, nrnci ty · ·
N o·i;E. -The letters th _a<l<led to

:t

EXAMPLE.

NOTE. --The letter:; ily addeJ to a word mean" a

4. "Wid th .
5. \Varmth. •
G. D routh.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

r:-

DIRECTION. _

following .
I

-

Write the words ending in ity formed from the

1. Noble.
2. Puerile.
3. Divine.
4. 1\fature.
5. D urabl e.

P rohablc.
Equal.
Intrepid.
Valid.
1o. Vif,ible.

6.
7.
8.
9.

Stability .
AW:lterity.
Gravity .
Morality.
Acidity.

11.
12.
13.
14.
15.

F lexible.
Secure.
Vain .
lufirm.
Sterile.

of r ach

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Regulari ty.
Angularity.
Insani ty .
Rapidity.
Vani ty.

From inspect we 'form in~pection ; from
impre-0s, impression ; from act, action.
DIRECTION. -

'.Vrite the words ending iu wn fo rmed from th e

following:

1. Agitate.
2. Violate.
3. Vindicate-.
4. Institute.
5. Intersect.
EXAMPLE.

6. Infect.
7. Indicate.
8. Subtract.
9. Operate.
10. V Cll ti late.

- Completion; the act of complcti11g, fi n-

ishing.
NOTE. -The letters

(Be careflil of the spelling.)

m e a11i11g~

EXAMPLES . -

ExA~lPLES. -From rare we form ·t arity; from pure,
purity; from able, ability.
No n :. _ Tn formi ng words by addi ng ity, the i- pclli~ g of the
oricrinal word is often changed, Mi a&le, ahility (not-abl eity ).

of beiug."

formed by using the word::i "a :state of bci11g," ao<l g i,·in g for the
second meaning that which seems plaine:;t of thtIBe found in the
dictionary.

being."
DIREG'TION . _Write in the same w ay two m~:rnings of en~h o_f
the following wordB, giving fo r the fin1t meaning t~i~t wl~1ch 1::1
fo rm eJ by using the words" a Ktate of heing," and g1 ~·mg t~ir th e
.1
•
that ,vhich seems ·1)lainest of those fo und rn the
seconu rncamng
dictionary.

Write in th e same way two

DrnECTION. -

i;tatl~

.or the following words, giving for the first meauing that whi ch is

word mean "n state of

1. D e:lrth.
2. Depth.
3. Ilci1lth.

- Maturity ; a state of being mature, ri pc-

ness.
I

4 . Y oung.
5. H ale.
6. Ilroau.

1. Long .
:l. Wi<lc.
;~ . Slow.

23

ON WORDS.

FIRS'r LESSONS I~ COMPOSITI ON.

22

,,'.

•.

ion added to a word usually mean "the act

of."
DrnECTION. - Write in the Rame way two meanin gs of r a<'h <)f
the following words, giv ing fo r the fir:st meaning that which i:;
form ed by URing the words " the act of," and givillg fo r th e >1eeo11d
meaning that which seems plaine.'it of those found in the dictionary.

24

1'' l RS T

L ES S 0 N S I N C 0

1. A lienation.

2. Adoption .
3. Vibration.
4 . I ndi cation.
5. Devotion.

MP 0 S IT I 0

N•

ON WOHDS.

6. Numeration.
7. Vegetation.
8. Venerat ion.
9. ~u pplit:ati o n.
10. Agitation.

DIRECTION. -Wri te ten similar pairs of word:;, which you ~a u
think of, or ClJ. ll ti11d in th e Jictionary, aud not U:-i iu g any uf tLo:;e
already given.

'

play we form tl1e wor<l playful;
from beauty, beantijul; from awe, a ujul.

1. A im. ·'
2. Fear.
3. Leaf.
4. Speech.
5. Friend.

lJmEC:TION . - \Vrite the word~ endi ng in/u/, formed from th e
following. (Be careful aboull the Rp elliug.)

6. C heer.
7. Fear.
8. \Voe.
9. Law. 10. Mercy.

I,

I

I·
I'

5. Hope.
ExAllf PLE . -

Play]ul; full of play, sportive.

.I

I

~

Truthful.

Tuneful.

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Peaceful.
Hateful.
R evengeful.
\Vrathful.
Useful.

DIRECTION. - \Vri te in the sam e way two meaning3 of each of
the follow ing word.. :

1. Fruitless.
:2. Faultl e.-ss.

3. Carel~ .
4. Fatherless.
5. Bottomless'.
Ex A MPL.E . -

o.

Breathl cs.-;.

7. G~·ncclcos .
8. Godless.
9. Groundless.

10. Noiseless.

Doubt, doubtless.

~.... ·, DIRECTION. - W~ite ten similar pain~ of words which you ca11
{:; . ... think of, or can find in the dictionary, and n~t w~ ing any of tho:-ie
· _already given.
8

.

8. Pity .
9. Si11.
10. l\Icn :y .

. NOTE. -The letters less added to a noun mean" wi thout."

D rnECTfON. - \ Vritc in the Hamc way two moani n0'8 of each
of the follo wing worc1'3 , gi vi ng fo r the first meaning the one
fo.rmed by using the words "full of," and givi ng for the eeco~1<l
meaning that which seems plaine.'it of those found in the die·
tion a ry.

Scornful.
Harmful.
Sorrowful.

G. Mother.
7. Point.

Ex'\MPLE. - Sightle,ss ; without sight, blind . .

NOTE. -The letters fut a<l<le<l to a word mean" full of."

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

From sleep we form the word 1:;/e1'Plc.ss.

DmECTION. - Write the word:; euding in less formed from the
followin g. (Be careful about the spelling wh eu the ori ginal word
ends in y.)
·

ExAMPLEs. - From

1. H urt .
2. Health.
3. Plenty.
4 . Duty.

Bounty, bountiful ; art, artfu l.

EXAl\IPLES. -

EXAM P LE. -

SECTION II. - Adjectives

2f)

t

'f''

i .
\

'

26

.

D11t ECT IO~. -

.

From b wit \\·e fo rm the word beastly.

E x. AM PLE . -

d ispos ~tion:
-The letter y added to a noun means "full of."

: · N OTE.

1. Brother.
2. t;istcr.
:3. King.
4. Queen.
5. l\Ia11 .

6. 'Voman.
7. Eartl1.
8. Heaven.
9. l\[ on th.
10. BuJy .

ri l<' i 11 the same way two meanings of each of
111c:- words:

th e 1"'1 ' ·

l. l\Iotherly.

7. Kni g htly .

Fatherly .
Princely .
<J ,
Priestly.
4.
5. Courtly .
6. Fle.'jhly.

8. Scholarly.
9. ·~laiden l y .
10. .i\Ia t run Iy .
11. .Masterly.
12. Saintly .

.

EXAMPLES . -

EXAMPLES. -

.,

•) .

4. Pebble.
5. Boue.

6. l\Iu<l.
8. \Vatcr.
9. Ink.
10. Arrow.

Film, filmy; rope, ropy.

Fro 11 1

pay

we

form the wonl payable ;

Write t he .words ending in ble fo rm ed from the
(Be careful about th e spelli.ng.)

1. Account.

().

2. A<lmire.

7. Tax.
8. Adore.

3. Attain.
4. Service.
5. Credit.

'\~rite the word;i ending in y formed from the
(Be careful about th e spelling.)

Fle:·h .

1{,111 111 \ .

DmECTIO~. -

following.

DrnECTION. -

7. Grass.

10.

from pity, pitiable .

From rain we form the word rmny;
from sauce, saucy; from Jog, foygy.

1. Brine.
. 2. F i ·h .

8. Frotl1·: .
U. Flinty .

1>1 RECTIO~ . - \Vri t1; ten simil a r pairs of wonb, that ~ • •ti can
thin k of, or 1·1u1 finJ iu th e dictiona ry, and not u:;in g any or Lhose
alreaJy g iv en. ,

E x.AMPLE.., . -

follow ing .

G. Balmy.
7. Billowy.

1. Fatty.
2. Rusty.
3. Lucky.
4. Chalky.
5. Pitcliy.

1\ uTE. - The letter~ fy u<l<le<l to a noun mea n " like."
}) 11: E( · • 1.J K. - - \\'

Write i11 the same way the m eaning;i of each of
following words:

DIRECTION. di P

1£.XAMPLE.-Lordly; lik e a lord, noole.

~-

lt·

ExAMPI;E. - Bl.{Jody ; full of blood, having a crnrl

Write the wor<ls end ing in ly form ed from the

followi11 g :

II

27

ON WORDS .

FIRST LE SSONS [N C OMPO S ITI Q N .

Ex.AMPLF..
'

;N°OTE.

Convert.

9. Confo rm.
10. Change.

-Va,riable; that can be vari ed, chang<'ab1e.

-The letters ble added to a word mea n "that can lie."

DIRECTION. - \Vrite in the same way two meaning:; of each
the foll owing words:

of

"·'l

28

Fr

., , I
. I\

ns·r

LESSONS

IN C O MP OS ITI ON.

r i.

-

Excu:-;abl e.
2. Lumcntal1Jt..
•)
•j , Valuablt!.
-L l\IovaLIL'.
5. Debatab le.

G.

'

13l:rn1:1 hle.

EXAMPLE. -

7. Commendable.
8. Co ncci vabl c.
~). Allowable.
10. Cousolable. f'

-A<hii;c, a<h·isable; assail, assai~~bl e.

29

Churl, churlish.

DIRECTI01; . - Wri te ten sim ilar pairs of words, not u.sing an y
of those already given.

Ex AMPLE. EXAMPLES.

ON WOUDS,

DIRECTJON.

following :

From

2.
3.
4.
5.

ExA M PL ES. - F rum <1pe \\'c for m api8h; from wag,
wa.r;gi.-;h; from Juul, J oo fi8h.

we form heroic.

__:_Write the words ending iu ic, formed from the

1. Alcohol.

DIHECT!ON. - \Vri te tell 8irnilar pairs of words, not using uny
of tho8e alrcaJy given.

he1·0

Aristocrat. ·
Lyre . .
Volcano.
l\Ietho<list. ·

6. Calvinist.
7. Druid.
8. Cherub.
9. Abraham.
10. Poet.

Wri te the words ending in ish, form ed from tho
(Be careful of the spelling.)

DrnECTION. -

follo wing.

EXAMPLE. -

1. Boy . .
2. Girl..

.j
'j

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

3. Pet. ·

'

4. Fever. 5. \Yasp.

I,

EXAMPLF.. N OTE.

·wag.
Self.

nical.

Jew.
T urk.
Rog111'.

to."

NOTE.

Lo

a noun mean "like."

DIR ECTION. - \Vrite in the Rarnc way two meanings of each of
the following won.1:-i :

1. Foppish . .

6. \Yolfish.

2. Clownish . .

7. Babyish.
8. Apish.
9. S winish.
10. Muli8h. -

3. Brutish.
4. Man nish.
5. \ Vom:u1is h.

-The letters ic added to a word mean "belonging

DIRECTION. - . \Vrite in the same way two meanings of each
of the following words :

C:hildish ,· l ib· a c·l1iltl, p11el'ilt-.

-The lettertt i.~li aJJed

Despotic; belonging to a despot, tyran- ·

j

1. Oceanic.
°C11l>ic.
Idiotic:.
Angelic.
Apostolic.

2.
3.
4.
5.

·EXAMPLES. -

G. SymLolic.
7. ]\f c·tcori c.
8. Arabic.
9. Patriotic.
10. Pedan tic.

Period, periodic; Plmrisre, Pharasaic.

DIRECTION. - Write ten 8imilar pairs of words.
about the spelling.)
8*

(Be careful

30

F

r RS T L ES S 0 NS I

~·

,C 0

)f I'

81

ON WORDS.

0 S l TI 0 N •

-Purify ; to rnak n pure, to free from polJlfognify; to ma.kc great, to en large.

EXAMPLES.

SECTION 111.-Verbs.
EXAMPLE. -

From

;;11 1ccl

J)r1tE(°TJO:N". - \\' rit e in the
fonu rd from the liillo win g :

lution.

we form the wonl sweeten. ·

8lllll C way

the wunh1 cmling

i11 oi, -

~

6.
7.
8.
9.

Soft.
Less.
\Vide.
Mad .
10. Weak.

1. Damp.
2. Moist.
J. Black .
4. \Vbite.

5. I ford .

NOTE. - The lettern Jy ad J ed to a word mean "to m ake."

DmEr:-r·rn :--. -- '\Trit e in the same way two m eanings of each
' ~ · ·of the follo 11 i ng word5.

·'

J l_ Rarefy.
·)
.., , Mortify.
3. Horrify.
4. Gratify.
5. Stupefy.

6. T errifY.

7. Li(111dy.
8. Digui(y,
9. Diversify.
10. Beautify.

---0--

E XAMPLE. NOTE.

Darkrn; to mak e dark, to obscure.

- Th e lcUers en adt!l'rl to an adjcctir e mean" to make."

DIRF:<" rJON. - \\'rite in th e sa me w;1y two m caningR of each
of th e foll owing words :

NOTE.- In many words end ing infy, the first part is not hy itself
. . a compl ete word; as, magni:fy. There is no such word as 11111:1ni ;

but we find th<•se le tters fon11i11 g , in lik e mann er, thl' first part
of a kin dred word, magni-t11de. As magnitud e m ean s grrrrf- 11 Ps,;,
we say, m:<g nify rn c an ~ to make great. \\'c find the mea n ing of
the part which i::; 1H1t a co mpl ete word Ly aeein~ what tLo:<e letters mean in some other kindred word.

G.
7.
8.
9.

1. D<·adcn.

C hea pen.
Bright.en.
Frig hten.
Q.niekcn .
10. Slacken.

2. Dt'afon.
3. Deepen.
4. G ladden.

5. Ti ghten.

SECTION IV. - Adv erhs.

- - -<>+-

EXAMPLE. -

EXAMPLE. -

From simple "·c form the wor<l simplify.

DurncTro,'1. - \Vrit.e in the :,;:unc way ten words ending in fy

From .~wifl we form tho word 1Pcijtly.

'•

. '

DrnECTION. - \Vrite in the same wa.y th e wo rds c111lin g in ly
formed from the following. (Be ·careful about the i;pc lling .)

fo rmed from t he followin g :

1\Iodc.
•)
. . . Ample.
:L Ra re.
-L Solid .
5. Fah;c.
].

6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

G lory.
Class.
Just.

Person.
Type.

1. Smooth.

6. N oisel1 •ss.

2. True.
3. Frequent.

7. Open .

4. Fabe.
5. Grateful.

8 . l~-. i e rc('.
9. Active.
10. Secret.
,;

...

i.-.::~i

32

FlftST

LESS ONS

IN C OMPOSITION.

Boldly ; in a ho ld mann er, lmwely.

EXAMPLE. -

::'\oTE. - Tlt c ll'ttc rs l!JaJtl rd to an adjrct iY c tu;uall y mean "in
a,- - ---rn :rn n er. "
DI HE<TW:-.'. 11f tl1 c

" 'rite

in

tho Ka m e way tw o mcanin brs of eauh

fo llo wing :

Awfully .
7. W icked ly.
8. .Toy fully .
D. Accura tely .
10. Plea.-;unt h· .
() .

l. F icr<'cly.
2. Stoutly.

3. Qn id d y.
,1. Jfa.;.;tilv.
"'
5. U prio-htl
,.., "'\' .

p

ART

II.

SENTENCE-MAKING.

- -..c--

ExA~IPJ . E. -Careflll, <·:m'!'ully.
])1 1t J-: l'T lO:\' . - \\'rile ten ~ im ilar
of tho8e already giv en.

pain1

CHAPTER I.
of words, nut using any

SIMPLE

SENTENCES.

' SECTION I. -The Simplest F orm o f th e Sentence
T o TEA C n ~;ns. -Th e l c,~0 11 s givt·n in Part r. sh o 11l 1l n ot hr. u•rns id ered
ns cxhn u s tini:; th e s ubj ec t, but o nly ns i!llli cuti n g a m e th o d by which c hild.rou miiy, nt a Yc ry ea rl y a ge, bu t rniu cd to the halt it of a.ttc 11tio11 to the
fu rm ittion :tad th e m cnni ng of W (JJ".l ~ , an ti to th o ir gmm111>1ti c nl c lass ificiition.

EXPLANATORY REMARK.
'fo

Th o c x c rc i 'c~ nH•Y 110 cxt c ntlC'tl arnl n1ullip li cd indefinit ely, nt the discretion
o f tho t eac h e r. t:--iu u1 0 kuu wl cJgc of the ~lc rn on t s of Ety m o logy ruHI 0 rn.m -

3t11tly o f 1: rn nrn 11u

1t11<l

Etymolop;y .

T~; ACHl':R. -

Eve ry S impl o Sc nlonce nmy be r e<l uced to on e of

1. Th e horse is s wift.

2. The h o rs e run s.

1nar i H a i.rn' nt hl'lj> in JlC<[ni r in g rm 11<·c urn tn ncq unint1l11CO with wonl s, and

th or ofurc it frw " tud iC' " o f t hi R ki n 1l 1t r <' in~crt<>•l h<'r11. I t Rhould Jrn rc mom hc rod, hnwc~· c r . that t h iR b o ok i ~ ll l'ith c r 1tn Et )·tnology n o r n. (J ra mm:tr;
1tn tl o n ly RO 111uc h of tho so bra,n l' li•·,< iR i11troduccrl a R ix ncce~sary for t he
\II.h e r nwrc Jl;P ncrn l pur po~c" of th e book . At. t he s1t111 0 t i111 0, t lw book ia all
i t:< pnrt R will. it i8 hc liC'rn<I. f1L<·ilitn.tc g rea tl y the m orn f .. rm 1d nncl regular

.Tim

_the following forms:

!l. 1'ho h or~o <l rnwP the w(l.gon.

Bc rorc proceeding to a nn.ly zC' t h 1· ~n form ~ . th .. ,.,,] , .. Lu' ,1 1.. 11 1.t ],,, , .. . .. 111"
p r>l.ctico in writin g s i1u plc s c n tc nec s a. ft t• r till' uiodeL-: hl're gi,,·c n. :-: ·· a .' Lt · ln--

f)l.miliar wit.h S<inten co -inrtkin:.: in it~ m os t e lc m e nbtry ~ lrnp c .

Th i' i ~ tl w

fir st step in prnctical compos ition .
-

I n tho fir ~ t. se ries o f ext~re i:-it~ s nni1l'ir thi ~ henrl. rill thr w n rd ·~

1H 1·d· ·ri
1

·a r o given, the ~chola r bei n g r PfJ uir Nl m erel,v to put th e word 8 t og •·thcr
pi-operly, 1ind to exercise his judgm e nt ia th e se lection.

EXAMPLE.
DIRECTION. -

-

Th e horse is swift.

I'

,,,-';-

Write sentence.'! like the one above, u:-: in g each

c

s~

1'' l H ST

.r tl1c word,;

L

x: l:l l:l 0

NS

I l\

in the fiJ"dt or left-hand column with an approprmLe

,r nnl iu the othe r colum n .

I ~n:·,

hon~c,

.-,(U ll\ ' 1

kni fo,
:-' tl:I i I,

i u l\,
ghs.-;,

rfi cn.:c,
1

~

I

ExA~IP LE.

-

sharp,
roo n1y, lic:wy,

Tlw

studious,
brittle,

crooked I whi te )

s wed )

l black,

:'\ lT d,

SENTENCE -MAKING.

(; 0 M l' 0 S I T 1 0 i-1 •

:; low,

g r een.

each· of the following words some other appropriate word that
you can think of.

EXAMPLE. -

hnr~c runs.

\\'ri t.- "1· 11 l<' 11 cc,; lih~ th~ on e :1 hn Ye, u,; in g crtch
of tlie words in th t:: ftr:-;t culu11 111 wi th an ap prop riate word in the
otl1 e r column .
D1nECTION.-

EXAMPL E. -

DIRECTION. - 'Vritc sent e nrc,; like th e o ne above, u sing each
of' th e words in the fi r:-<t column wi th an approp ria te word in each
ot' the other t wo column:=;.

Ox,

t;t i !or, snn,
WlL"lj),

mill,

lwu,

scythe,

fin.~,

lwr;;e,
farmer,

l:at,

j

(mel t ,

boy,
.

st i ng-,

~ri nd, . wi·;t<•
d t'fl \\''
m: t ke,

l

I

. f'( '()!\'ll, \.

ki1·k,

hy,
lntdo, . till,
<..'tit_,

)

9. Garden.
10. Plum.
11. Rose. ,
12. Iron.

The horse runs.

you can 'think of.

1. Shine.
2. Play.
3. Sit.
4. Quarrel.

.,

The l1o r ...;c <lraws the wago n.

6. Star.
7. Winter.
8. Cloud .

. DIRECTION.___:_ Write sentences Ji kc the on e abo \·e, using before
each of the following ,word;; some other appropriate word that

L ion , st n1un , moon, I
r Hy, bark , crow,
I
) roa r, s hine, creep,
cod\., bird, doµ; ,
I
I
11·i
rl
fl()\\'' m ew, hlc. nt,
snake, ice,
I
I
b
'
sheep, )
l mc!t, read, burn.
('}l t,
fire,
__..,._.
I

5. Meadow:

1. Tiger.
2. Sheep.
:3. fead t.
4. \Vindow.

5. Shout.

9. Sleep.

6. Squeal .

10. Growl.
11. Ri~e .
12. Cackle.

7. Jump.
8. Laugh.

Ex .AMPLE. -The
horse draws the wacron.
'
0
, DIRECTION. - Wri te sentences lik e t h e one above, uHin g R0ma
appropriate word before and after each of th e followin g ·worch :
l+-

rorn,

ehild,
cart, clot.he.a,
~ n o:v ,
eggs,
lcttc•-, ;g tms,
linen, ~o il,
d~i vcr, mice .

l

1~ Scrape.

5. Stenl.

2. Bu ild.
3 1 Drive.
4. Break.

6. Throw.
7. Sell.
8. Twist.

9. P in<'h.

10. Bend .
11. Shoot.
12. Strike.

---+<>+---

Nrnr::. - Tn t he n ext seri c,- of cxarnplt>!'., only one of the worci11
nr c(lerl i;.. g iven, nnd the schoiar is rc•piircd t<J su pply from hi>1
own in vention what ii:; nece><'1.n.ry· to mnkc np -n. !'.cn tcnce like t.he
1 · ~rnmple .

Ex A MPLE. -Tlw horse is swift.

SECTION II. -Th e Parts ors S e ntence.
EXPT,AN ATIONS.

!To

TllF; TP.A<'flF:n . -

H iR not inten1le1! tlrnt

ti;.·:;(' 11111! ;;irnil:u· t"''w,;· l"
l' '.iunn itt f•• l t( J llJi"·rn1Jl'_Y nn1l r"i· i l <•i!
Thi·
fichrdn..r. hol'fevr·r , !·dintd(l rr·n.d th c· rn :-i.tt<•nti,_.Ply. iLn d h n g- 11i fl r-d ! iy : l 1..' 11; :r i

tlH·j·u~~hout

th e hook ;-;hnuld

l1n

Y I HS T

L E. ' SO :'\" S

I N C0

~l

I' 0 S I T I 0 N .

writini.: t ho l':t o rc i ~<'~ . nnd thr t~1t,hc r ~houl• I go OYN them in
co11 1·crsativ n with h i ~ c las ~, while co rr ect in g t h e e x c rc i:;cs.l

tL

ct: very. 'entcHcc mu:;t contain a 8111.Jjcct and a Predicate.
are the only neces:;ary part:i of a sentence.

familiar

1. Birds fly. 2. Fishrs swim. 3. The gi r l drrsscs the
doll. 4 . The boy writes t he letter. 5. The g-<1nlcncr
was digg ing the fiower-be<l. 6. The f'at eaug·lit :1 111 011.-.;c•.
7. He saw a sna ke. 8. v\T e fo1rnd a r abbit. 9. Y :>11
will lea rn the 1cs.-.;on . 10. The bell ch wa:s broken . 11.

These

The . · u~j cct i:; that of whi ch we :peak.
- "The hor~e run s." "Tho h orso Is sw ift." Hero, in both
th <· lwr•r i:< th e Suhj cc t. We a.~ k, Wh n.t runs? What is BWift? Ans.
lwnr. That i~ whut W<' n.re s p a.k in g of.

j-EXAMl'L€S .

Jolm telh; the truth.

c 11~C '\
Tit~

tr'hc l'rrdin1te i:< that. whi ch we ·ay of a ~ u~j ec t.

(I. -- is tire<l.

N oTF:. - f;trirtly ~poitkin g, in gnoil n. R<'nt1rnco !LS " Th o horso is ~w ift,"
wt· ~ho ul d ca.II t h <" wv nl i• th· onp ul1L1 1\tHI .,,.,/1 fhll prndic11to; sw ift l>oi ng
t he tbipg 1t P~~rl1·tl , ant! i• t he u~•crti11g w1.11·tl. Eniry 8c11 tcnoc, ind cod, nll\y
he ro•lu c<'tl to thi~ form. Thus, ''Tho hors1 runs'' m<ty he cbrrn ged lo 7'he
l11n·Re t'.a (cop. ) ru1111in9 (pre<!.). Ilut fo r n.11 or•li nn.ry purpo8cs it iM eufficicn lly n.oc umte tn consirler the predicate us in cluding tho co pul~ or asserting word .

2. Father has given me--. :J.
,John - - the lesson. 4. The sun - -. 5. ___'.._.__ is to
be censured. G. .fane - - st.uJy. 7. - - is fo11(1 of
swimming . 8. Boys lik e - -. 9. G irls - - dolls.
10. Laziness is--. 11. The sehohrs present ed - to the teacher. 12. M en need - - for wri ting. I:L ;\fr.
'Wilson sold - -.- . 14. Fishes - - tleales. };) . - loves her mother. JG. \Ve all wan t. - - . 17. \Vi lliani
- - tl1e money. 18. Peaches are - -. .

~c ntence may contain
predicates require an object to compl ete

t- Ref< ides the Subjrct a ncl the Predi cate, a

~-

a

~Jany

The Object is one of the main part.'3 of a sentence, though not
sary part of all scnteneeR.

nee~

ExAM l 't.I': . - " Th e h or"c 1l nLW:l the wn. gnn . "
H erc. nfkr dr""'"· we nnt
urnlly n.~ k, Drnws whnt? An ~ . Tlt e INl!J""· Th e Mme is n ot co rnpl ctc un ti l
we onmc ~ornething wh ic h lh<' h o r~o .Jmw~. nnd th E<t som~ thing i~ the Obj oo!l.--

ExA MP LES . -1. The car penter bHilds honsrs. 2. T he
farm er is in<lustrious.

Nun:. - A 111orc prcri~t' tll'f1r.itinn .,f 01,j,. cl wriuld rc··1uirc a large r intrn tl11cti on of grn t111111it ical torm ; tha n i~ nccesstLry fo r the 1iurposcs of t11ie
l:>ook.

~u hj cct

EXAMPLES . -1 .
prcdi.:n.te

prc rli cato

The hor:-;e is s wi ft.

D i H EC'l'JON. -Make ;;cntr ncrs likr 011 e or the otill'r of Ll11·
exrunplcs, and telling: \\'h a1t l'rtch of t hose n:im C'rl J.cl"w 11 ,;11a:ly
does, or is; a nd mark in each case the P red icatt', and al><<) the
Ohj kt, if there i;; onr.

~ uh jrc t

2. The ·horse

·1. The bee.

ohj eot

draw the vmgon.
Copy tbe followin g ~r nt,.neef<, an1 l innrk in l';wh
the Subj ct, the Predicate, and the Object, in the manner shown
in the exumplcs.
D IIU:CTION . -

12. Mary loves Susan.

DJRECTION. - Copy the followin g sentencoR, fillin g up the
bbnk:; with th e word or worJs nccC'ssa ry to complct · the ~ e n>'<',
11.nJ marking the worJ or words thus iu ,.;erteJ a.-; tiubjrc.:t, l 'redi•
cate, or Obj ect.

-I Th(' prr1liL·nt!'.•. i n the t wo c•xnmple gi,·t'n o.bo ,·c, nrc r1111s nnrl 1~ •11:1/1.
The h11r ~o rlu es wh1tt? A nR. U1111•. Tl10 h o r ~o is wlHLt? An ~ . h swift .
T hu so 1Hc tho th in~' whi ch wo ~n.r of tho borso.

an Obj ect a l,;o.
the :;en:,ie.

37

SENTENCE-MAK I NG .

.~:·.
:·-~:!',._

2.

Tl H ~ teache r.

')

Th~ rJVPr .

.;.

4. The g-anle rwr.
5. Tlw boatman.
.i

l..i. T l1c sq uirrel.
7. Tiic o x.
.') . The hammer.
9 _ ThP tnngne.
10. T he hand .

11.

So ldie r~ .

l ')

~: tilt)J'~ .

~.

n.

Ti1('
Tlw
11.

:-;11 cn1· .

1.5. 'flit•

c·i 1)11C k

WiTII.

'

..

·~It',''
..

,
;

i;,.
'~i

.. :

II
i

40

SENTENCE-MAKING.

FCHST LESSONS l.N COMPOSITION .

I.parking the adjunct and the subj ect or o~ject, as in t he :•re ri o11. · examples.

I . A<ljunct.':l to the S ubj ect an <l the OLj cct may be formed,
1. By a noun iu apposition; a.s, Jacob the gardener.
2. By a nou11 in the possc;:,:; i\'e ; as, The boy's g ull .
a. I \y :tn adj edi vc, or Ull aJj ccti ve-word i w;, Boyi.~li sports, their

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

~purl:-; . ·

4. Uy a prepot> ition-phra:;c ;

ful,

Spo rts cunong boys.

II. Alljuncts to th e Predicate lllay he formed,
I. By an atl v\•rb; as, The I.Joy 1; t.udi ed di.ligcully.
2. By a prcpo:; iti o11-phra!ie ; as, Tu e boy ;,tu<lied with diligence.

I.
ADJUNCTS TO THE SUBJECT AND THE OBJECT.
FoR~t 1.-AN ADJUN c:r FOJD!En fl Y A

Eb::A~fPLES . -

,
DIRECTION. - l\Iak c up fi\·e :se11t.cnces, in each of wl1id1 tlif"
"' · s'nbjectshall Lave a noun in appo::> itio n as an adjum:t; :d , o, lin',
~: in which the o&ject ::;hall ha Ye a no un in al'po,.;i li o n as a 11 adj unl'l;
:. · _'and, in all th e Sl"ll te ncc:;, mark, a...; in the prr \' ioti,.; i11 :;ta11l·,.,;, till'
"adj unct, and th e ,.;uujcct or obj ect to whid1 it lJelo11g:;.

•
FORM 2 .-AN

EXAJ\fPLES.

1. Benjam in \ Vest the painter was a Pennsylvanian.
2. They slew the t.yra nt K cro.
3. The river Nile is muddy.
4. Alexan<1 cr the ro1>pcrsmith did harm .
5. They separated th e fri ends, Damon and .P ythias.
DIR ECT ION. -Copy the fnllowin,ir sentences, filli ng up thr
blank in <.'a.ch with some appropriate noun as an n<ljunct, and

-1. The
a cljund

J;>; THE

l'u:-:-r:..;:-J\' E.

boy'~

g un wa:-:; loaded.

2.

Tl1e

ohjcet

man Louglit the fa r mer's apples .

2. They crossed the ri ~·er Del~lwarc .

DrnEG'l'IO:".'. - Co py th o followinp: 1-<<.'ntoncci-I, rtnd in ench Rtm·
tence mark. as in th e exnmpl es, the a<ljun ct, nncl the subj ect or
object to which it belongs.

NOUN
0

n1lj1111et

NOTJ·:. - Jn the firti t of th ·~e example.~, there is an adjunct to
t he >;Uujcct; ((un{l!/l.cr is in appo.~ it.i o n to J ricob, aucl i:i an adjunct
to it. I 11 th e Heco nd example, ther\' is an uJjun ct to the obj ect;
D elawa re i,.; in appo;;itio n tu ricer, am! is an adjunct to it.

BY A

aJjun ct su lijl d _.1.

o.djun e t

sub jec t

ADJ UNCT FOHMED

~N A1'POS ITION.

1. Ja~ob the gardener ploughed the
.. 1.j .. ..t

fielJ .

NouN

Your cousin - - ha.s gone li<)me.
They erusse<l the river - - .
The dog f~ is eourageon:-:;.
The poet lltll.L...c'\,~ rotc l'aradi:;c Lo:;t.
He finds his b rother - -.

Nono; 1. - In tl1c first of thl"sc cxampk,;, th ere i., :tn :tdj u 1H' t to
.tn~jec/; boy'.< is i11 the pus::;css iv e, an•l i:; au adj11 1H· t l" 11 1111.
In th e ::;econd exa mpl e, there i,; an adjttnet t <1 the ul~jn·t; fll"m,., ".<
'is in the possc.o;.,, i \" C, and i,.; an a.dj unct to apple.~ .
the

. NOTE 2. - Boy's i::; said to be in th e pm;se,;,; iv e, \wcau,;l" i t t1 ·JJ,.
\yho is the pos.-c,,;;or of th e g un. li ff 111 r r's j,. :;aid t1> iJ,. i 11 1 l1 "
posscs;,iv<:', bec;w,;e it tell,; who i» the po,.;,.;e,;,;or ol' l111· :11•iol'"~·
Tl}e po;;;sess i ,.e form of a noun usually has nn apo:-<troplw and t lw
', ·. le~tcr s ('s) at the end of it.
,

DIRECTTON". -

Copy th e following sentences, and in eacli

""11-

~ '. tcnce, mark, as in th e examples, the a<ljunct, and' the ,;u!.je<'t or
·:,_~-.

object to which it belongs.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.·
4*

The
The
The
The

lion's roar is terrible.
tailor mnde the man's co:it.
soldier's life is unpl easant.
men heard tl1e mother'.~ yni('c.
Tlie gardeuer'::; flowers were ad111ir<'d .

42

F I RS T

L E s 8 0 NS

IN

C 0 :'If P 0 R 1 'I' l 0 N .

1>11n:cT10>:. - C1ip_v the following scnle11cc..,, filling up the
IJl:tnk in P:tcli witlt some appropriate pv,;sc,-;,;i\' C a:; an adjunct, and
ma rking, a,; in th e urn ,·iu11s examplt:~, the adjunct, nm! tlic t:lllbjl'd or ol1jl•d to wlii\'li it bdougs.

1. The - - ll':-;:-:on is not ka rn c<.1.
:2 . tilw l1as drc:-:-:cd - - dol 1.
;3. The - - rule:,; arc strid.
4. Scholars s lionld obsc1:vc tlH' - - rulrs.
5 . - - prov(•rhs tC':t<'h wisdu 111.

4. The soun<l - - is terrific.

5. The men heard the roariu!:? ~ .
DIRECTION. - Make u p six sentencc::1, wi th a po:s::1essivc adjunct
.- to the subject, aml ,;ix wi th a po&>e::;si ve adjunct tu the olijeet, and
let·one half of th e po:ise:>>i i\' c:-J in each li,;t be formed liy u ,;ing <1/;

a nd the other half by u,;ing '15; and mark in eac h c:L~c the adjunct,
and the s ubject or oliject to which it belong8.

D11tJ::c:r10s . - ;\l:tko up fi\'l~ sentence:;, in each of whid1 _the
wfjn·/ sliaJl lUl\'e a ll Olln in th e pos:;es>ii\'l' a.s au aujlllll't; also,
Jiw-, in whi ch the ul'.i•'cf slt a ll llfwc a noun in th e pil:i."l's,.;ivl· as a n
:1djunct; aud, in all the :><'lltf'nCe8, llla rk, ao:1 Licfore, the adjunct,
a11d Lhe subject or ol1jn·t to whi ch it. Lielo 11g,; .

FORM 3.-CARE

1.

AN ADJUNCT FORMED

- --<>+----

a<ljun ct

- 1' 1ie spider's web.

The web of the

A possess irn adj 1111ct i,; somcti mes formed by using a
with of befo re it, in:;kaJ of ' •1 after it.

.:\ OTE. 111lttll

l>rnECTIO.N . -

Copy the .following sc11te11ee:;, anJ

lllark in

each

tl1e mljunct, and the :subject o r nhjl~ct.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

The
'J'l 1e
Tlie
The
The

song of the 1inl il'i melodious.
.
m:m ,~ pigeo
n,; nrc tamc.
~l'lwl:tr',.; dilig<'n<·e is prai~c·worthy.
eolor uJ' the ruse is lw:rntit'11l.
~mwl l ot' l1ay is fr:tgrant.

AN An.JECTIVE.

i::;

wl111le..,;0 111<'.

2. Tlic

oh,i ect

teacher prai::;c::; the diligcut pupil.

3. The :·wliool lia.-; 011e

"Lj t:l'L

hundrctl arnl twt·11ty-fin; :-:d1olar:-1.

spidl'r.

uv

n<ljunot su hjce1

EXAMPLES. -1. J~ipe fruit

adjunct

EXAMPLE.

NG .

SE~TESCE-M.A. Kl

1·l dju1wt

-L

~ fon~ tl1an

two

sulijuct

huridre<l meu were wouudcd.
NOTE. - Observe that in expressing numbe r:; the acljecti\'a
'.adjun(t o~er1 comiists of :Several word;;.

DIRECTION, - Copy the following sentences, marking in each
the adjunct, and the ~ubjPct or ol1ject (,o \\·hich it belong,;.

~

1. A n&l'l"IT l11·:1rt 1;1akd li a gl:ul \'Ot111t<·11atll'<'.
2. Tlw :d1 1;,I 1·c-:t hoy 1·ltosc tli(' l1i :·:."c-: l :qi11l1·.
:t The 111e rry g irl l1 a:-: a rip< j•< ·:wlt.
4 . The rnerry young girl i 1ad t \\'O dozen n pc p<:aehC'c-:.
5. J\fore than four lw11drr·d a11d fi!'ty large cow::; <'l'o."'c-:1·d
the 1ww brid ge.

DntE<:Tro:-.r. - Cnpy tlic following sentences, fillin g up tho
i ,!; wk in each with :iomc appropriate pos:icss i V<', and umrk in g in

·adt the adjunct, an<l ti le sul>j 'ct or obj ect to "·ltirh it J,cJong,;.

1. The rc:-;t - - is sweet.
. precious.
.
2. ']']. ic - - t1. me LS
3. Tlic boys found - - nest.

NOTE. - In such <'Xamples as Nos. 4 ;u11l !), a ,;ubject ur a11
:object sometimeR hiL':! two or more di,;tinct adjur>eb. The p1qiil
- ~hould be instru('ted, in such caR•'~, to mark each dlff('r<'nt adj u111·L
ndj111H•t

rull1111r'. t :-!uhjf·et

separately; as, Two h mHfrrd fr~zrn n ppJe;1_
DIRECTION. --'- Copy the following sente11cc;i, filli11g up Urn

SEN '£ .E NC E -1\l AK I NG .

44

F l l, t;T

LESSONS

IX

CQ)I POSITLON .
D m P-CTIO :'<. -Copy th e fo ll owing sentcnl:eR, filling 11p tl1c
bl:t nk in cuch with ;.;o me appruµ ri atc adj('din~ or ad,il'c·til'('-1rnr.J ,
fill Ll marking the adjunct, a ll(.l the ::;ubj ect or uuj l:CL to whi d .1 it
·belongs.

l.l iu1k i11 eal:h witli ,.;v111c approJ'riatc adje ·tiv r, a11J uiar k i11 :; tl1c
alijllll<.:t, aml tlic :mLj cct vr ubj e\' t lo which it lwl11 11 ~>1 .

1. The - - aru1y c•111tai 11s - - so ldiL·J'l'l .
:2. :\ - - son 111ak c·:; a - - fath er.
J . - - flow crl'l arc pr ized .
-t ·___ :-:trn·ki11gl'l a n · warn1.
5. T li e l1ny lo\·e:-; - - milk . \ ·
i\fakc up fi\·c ><r 11 te11ccs, c;ic h l1 n1·i11 g a n adjecadj u nct to t11 • .~ 1 1~jcr t; li 1·c :-it'lllt' ll <.:cs, \'ac h ha\·i11 ;; an adjc•·ti\'(l adj u11\' t tu the ul'.J''d; and fi1-e "'c 11 km·c,; 1 l';l<' li ha vi ng an
adjcetiv • adju 11 d both 'to tl 1e ,.;1il1jcl't illl d tl 1e ol1j l'd. 111 all t he
scntc11t·c:;, mark the aJju11 cl 1 and the :-;ubjcct or ol1jcct to whi ch it
belong:-1.

1. The children ha \'c lost - - mother.
2. T he - - ch ildren lia\' e lost - - - 3 . A sclfbh man seeks - - interests.
-1. I have 1i1rgott.c n the - - lesson.
5. - - d eed s mako m <~ n - -.

mother.

DrnEC-l'IO:-i. -

DurnCT ION'. - :I lake up ten " e n te 11 ce,; 1 r;tch h;1vi 111! an adj1·d i \'O
and a n adj cct ivc'-worJ a:; ac\j1111 ct.-; either tu Lht· :rnuj cct or to the
object ; an d in each mark t li e adju 11ct:-1, a nti t he wbjcct vr ulij ed
to which they belong.

tin~

.

.

FORM

CA S E

4. -

A N ADJ U NCT F O it l\lED ll Y A I'REPOSITlON' - l ' 11HA ~ I ·: .

:2. As ,AD.JUXCT FOfil\!Ell BY A:-; , \ DJEC'TIVE-W OilD.

.,
Rt1 hj <'l\t

ndj11m·t

ExA:MPLES. - 1.
:i 1lj11

ld 11c.

net

~ 11 lojPl' I

a 1lj uncl subj ec t

:\f y 110.ok 1s ]o,.;t.

3. Tl10;-;e ] 101 ~:-:es arc Lr;..:;l'.

1

ti vc-pronou 11 >1.
D r HE<' TION. - Copy th e following s r n t c n c r~, m:i.rk ing in ea c h
the adj unct, ancJ the l:lt1 bj cct pr ol1jt'ct to \\'hi ch it belo ng::;.

.T:un C's h:1;.; 1carncc1 hi s le:-::-:011.
l\Iy fa ther bought hi:-; fa rm.
Yot 1r teacher hns gi\'C'11 a long k~::;on .
E ve ry man m:th's hi s ow n fort u 11t'.
E ad 1 :tr my contai n;-; tifty thoul'larnl valiant m en.

The road aeros:.; the

<:O l lllllOll

nearest.

~ 11 l.j4 ·1·t

}\'()TE. - .lf11, 111'1", a ml t/io.•r, in thr,;c rxarnplr,.., arc call ed adj<'cti\· c-\\'onb. Tlt1• ad jPl'l i\·C- \\'onb arC' my, fh .'f, !ti.•, /,,.,., it.~ . ou r,!!'' '''"
t 'u·ir t/11'., !hut t/11"'<~ t/w.w· t'flf'li 1·r1 ·r11, rillta, 11 ('if/icr 1 clt: . Fur the
f,
'
'
'
'
'
'
·'
Plll'J"'"I'" of t"<>lllfl(J,.. it ill n, tli1·:;1: wonb 1Hay ],.: 11:;1•11 1L'i ndj .. dil'l·:; ;
l111 t, lL"' t l11·y d i tli.~ r f'ro 111 ol1 1cr a d.i1·1·1ivl'" in "'' 111t: r1·s1H"l't"', tl1 1·y are
lil're culled aJj cctive- wonhi. 111 g nun nrnr, they a rc call ed H {~j cc ­

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

EXAlltPLE. -

2. Her eyc13 arc

ailjuncl
;

.,

' N OTE 1. - I n ihi::i ;;entencc, : l r ro 8s th,, r1111w1 011 j,.. a pr01'0-it i.. 11 phrase, and j,; a11 adjrlll ct Lu road. ft tell:; \\·hat rua.! i,.; 11H ·:1 11l .
· It is ad<lcd to r oad a ncl clc,;cril 11"s it, V<" r .\ ' n111('li a., a 11 :1dj 1·di 1· p
· woul <l. Such phrases ar« <"alktl l'rrp(!,.; iti o11 -1.J1r:1••·'· J,1.,. :111-· ·
they co nsist of a prq io>1itiu11 an d on e or more word,; Ji>llowi11 :: ii.
1

N OT E 2 . - Th e pri11< '. ipal Prc l'osi t i1111 ,; an · tl1<' fi,( ], ,wir •.:.:- ·
· Above, about, accordi11:; to, rrrrn.<.•, r(ffl'J' , rrgoi11 .• I , nl.1117, ,,,,, ;,r •·r
d.midst, wnong o r amongst, a,·0 11111{1 nt, hrf1rr, !J,,/, i11 1I, /, ,../,,,,., /,..,,,.,,,/,
, . . beside or besides, bct u·r:cn or /,rtll'i.d, [,ryon•I, b!f. ,/,,,,.,,,,hr,fr11"' . ' " ·
'• .,, , ··:· into, of, on, over, JM,.~f, ro 11111l, si11 rr, thrm1qli., till, tr111.•11r1/ ur tn11'f/r•t ..,
under , unto, up, upon, with , within, ?ril /irml.

·.: r .

D~nECTros . - Copy the f<11lfl win1" "rntf'ncr;;, and m:-i rk in 0:1 rh
th e preposit ion-ph rase, a nd t li t' ;;uhj ect or ol>ject to whi ch it helon gs.

1. T he tunnel urn1cr the canal is <li::;ai;rc-cable.

. i
,.,

.•l,

:.

,.

46

EXAMPJ,ES. - 1. Th e horse run s vay ra pidly . The
hon;e ruus more rapiJly . The horse runs most ra.pid ly .

:2.. The ::)tatc-pri~o n at Si ng -Sing is well kuown .

3. Tlicy wlmi rcd t he rind ct at the foot of the hill.
4. They burnt the bridge over the ri\·cr.
5. A wulk Ly m oon lig ht is pleasant.

NOTE. -Ad \·e rbs 1nay t h emselves haYe an adjunct, such at!
In t h ese ca.:;es the two a<lverbs may be taken
together as forming o ne adjunct.

ver!J, rnore, most.

DtitECTJO:\. -Cvpy the follow in g ;;e n tc 111..:c.~, filli11 i; up t he
bla nk in citth with 80111e appropriate prc po;.iti o11- p hra.'-'r, and
markin ;; the alijune t, and the tiUbject or obj ect to whi eh it belong1-1

1.
·)
:).
·I.
5.

Dr REG'TION. - Copy the follow in g Hentcn ces, and mark in ra1· l;
the predi cate and it.-; adj un ct.;;.

I. The wind bl ew most Yi o lently.
2. The pol i('e Y<'ry C'aR ily <liRJH'l'fiC'd the mob.
3. The man most dearly was o utwit ted.

The arbo r - - is <'001.
The duck:-> - - are s wimming .
T he path - - is p leasant.
They avoided t hP fo rd - - .
The seholar n•mcmbcred the rul<' - --

.
NOTE. - The m ajority o f ad yerbs en d inly, and l'Xp rcs;; mann er, or tell how a thi ng is do 11 r , as Ira.-; been alrrady explainrd.
But there a re a good many adverb::\ whi ch do not r11d in ly, am!
whi ch express various other ideas bctiides that of' manner.

.DrnECTIO:\.-?ifakc up ten sentence><, each ha Yin g a prep osit ion·phr:i:-;c as an adjunet, nnd in each ra;;e mark the adjunct,
aud the s uuject or obj ect to whi ch it b elong:;.

· EXAMPLES .

2. The thin~ or.c urred here (ad verb o f 1il1tcP).
3. He fell backlt•rml (ad verb of direction ).
4 . The horse was mtwh alarm ~d (adverl> of rpu111tity ).

AD.TUNC'fS TO THE PRED ICATE.

1.

- - A N ADJUNCT FOR:i.rnn JIY AN Anv1mB.
pr<'•li c atc n1ljunc t

NOTE. -The following arc

EXAMPLE. -Thc horse run s rapidly.

~omeoft h e

mo;;t <.:{•1rtmon ki11d~ of

'-u..

..
..

adverbs:

l. Adverl>s of 1\JA>\:-.'ER o r QUAL ITY : Tli11-<, .~u, well, ill, xwijf/!J..
' .:imoothly, truly, a n rl >1ome thousands cndi ng in ly.

Nern:. - Tu this e x ample, mpidly i"' an adverb, and ii-1 nn
adjund to rimx; it tclb how the hor:;e runs.

· , 2. Adv erb::\ of

]{Pre, there, w ltue;
whither; hence, thence, wftc;11·e, etc.

DnmM'IO:\. -Copy the follo wing flrn tenres, and mark in each
the p rcrlicate, and t h e ndv Nl> whi ch iK an adjunct to it .

Pr.ACE:

.,..(,

hillu:r, tltit/1rr ,

8. Adve rhs of T DI E: _,Vow, th en , 1clu:n, crtr, 11.crcr, forarr , ,.r1u11.

-often, 8rldnm , !u'l'"'(ffr1·. de .
4. Adver bs of QuAKTlTY:

1. The pnpil s stlH1i c><1 their l<'f:'.Hrn dili1.?;e ntly.
2. The m a n nn <lcr the h ill live;.; happily.

3. T he robber. n<l<lenl ~' left. the house.
4. The m en q ni ck l.v ex ti ng n ishcd th1· tire.
5. The birds in th e grove sing- swed ly.

-1. The man is now living (aclvcrl> of

time).

IT .
l <'oit M

47

S ENTEN CE -MAKING.

FIRST LESSONS IN COMPOSITION .

~~~

llfnr'h , lilff,,, P11r111ylr, ek.

· 5 . .Adverbs of DIRECTION: Downward, upward, foncarrl, {m r(·.
• ward, hit !tencard, th it l11·r1ca rd, d c.

.

~-

'

'18

F I

nsT

L E RH 0 N

s

c () :'If p

T N'

0

srT

T0 N •

SENTENCE - MAKING .

<i. Adrrrl,s of LNTEl<RO\iATlO:\' : 110111, 'fl'h !J, /l'lirn , whrre, etc.
1. ,\

d \·c rU.~ ot' U N C Effl'1\l XTY

:

P erchw1tc, ;1cd1 rrp«, 1itra,d11e1)-

I o ,.,., '.'t<..:.

D1.n:cT1ox. - C111 •y th e followi11~ 1;e ntcnce:-;, a11cl 1H1trk in each
tli t; pn·1li .. al0 a11d tl1 0 adn·ri> wl1i ch is an adj11nl't lo it.

49

DIRECTrox. - Make up ti ve ::;e11tences, ea<.:11 having an ad verb
as an adjunct to tlie predicate; five sentenc~, each having a
prepo:sition-phra.<;e as an adjunct to the predicate; and til·c :sentences, each havin g lioth an adverb and a prepo::1ition-p hra...,c as
:!!.djuncts to the predicate. In each i;cntence, 1Uark the predicate
. and its adjun ct or adjuncts.

I. The li<1r,.;e ,.;1·ldo111 goes ha("k,\·anl.

·>
:L
--1.
5.

\\'ccd,.; :.;.: rn\\' 111 x11ri:intly cn!rywhere.
l l e nc,·t·r .-;t11dil',.; hi,.; IC's:,;011 .
The p:1rt,'' af't{'l'\\':trd s di spor.-;('(1 .
The men had nu bu:-;i llL'SS here.

FoJ1_~1 2. - AN AvJu:s-cT FOH.~ri::u

Thel'e, an ad ve r b. In that place, a prepo.sition-phra.se meaning the ::;ame thing as the adverb.
EXAMPLE. -

DIRECTION. - 'Vritc ten adverbs, and after each a prepo:-;i tion phrase having the same meaning as the adverb.

BY A l'HEPO::;ITlON-l'111tAfLB.

REVIEW EXERCISES.

I
Ii" ·~
I

i

j,,
:I

.

ExA~IPU:>l.-1. The
pr•·di c:1 ! 1·

~ - Tin.:

ma11

1•rC'di caf<•

m:t11

a.d,i11t1t'l

ra11 in a rapid manner.

adj 11111·I

ra11 d01n1

t l1 e

Iii II.

fn th e flr,;l Px:1111ph', i11 o r •t;i i· f 11u11111, .,. i>< a11 adj11nd
to rfl11 . f t t1·ll:-; Jiqw tho 111a11 ran . fn th e H1·cn11d cxan1plc, clii11m
!Ju: AiU ii; an acljund . It tell,- i11 wh:tt direction h e ran. The:se
phr:Lo.;e,-; lut\· c the r;am c cOt"l'l 1L-i an :tlhcrb.
X0TE. -

To TllE TEACn F.R. -The exerci ses under this head are inten ded to put
into prnctice all tho.t has been learned in regard to en-0h kind of adjun cts .
"1

' ·_ Ex.UIPLE. -The ol<l man on the l1ill, JnC'ob Thomp-

son, in the course of time, acquired prodigious .strength
of muscle by cl iopping wood .
ANALYSIS OF THE FOREGOING EXAMPLE.

1. The Se-ry,tcnce without Adjwncl<J. -

D ornc ;no:-1. -Cn )'y t.h c foll<n rin g 8<' nlencl',.:, and mark i11 each
tli(i prl'd i('atc, and the aJrcrli or ll 1c pn~po:-;ition-pl1nL~O which i:s

strength.

an adj1111cl tu lite predicate.

2. The Subject-Man .

l . Th e water flow:-; ~ilcntl ,:· urnl<'r the h1·iclgc.
2. ThC' :tpple.., have grnwn to a g reat size.
:3. Tl1C· 111dinn,.; Ji\'(~ h.v liuntin ,L;'.
-1. Tlw m:111 died fr(}J11 nwrc 1'xhaustion.
!5. Tl1 c train will be hen· Jtt':-;C'ntly.
G. :1~1i;~ tra_in "·ill lir• in tlii . ~il:we in a short time.
7. l ht• cluld beli:LV<'(l :-;]10(' \1ng-l_v .
8. 1'hc ehil<l beha,· e<l in a Hhc>l'ki11g 111an11er.

3. The P1·edicate -

The man arquire<l

Acqu ired.

4. The Object - Strength.

, 5,. Acb'nncts (Old (an adj ective).
to the ~ On the hill (a preposition-phrase).
S1tbject.
6._Adjumcls
, · to the

P 1;edicate.
5

l ·Tacob Thompso n (a noun in apposi tion).

f
1

l

In

the course of t ime (a preposition
phrase).
By chopping wood (a. p rcposition.,phrase)
D

4

50

FIR ST

LE SSO~S IN C OMl' OS I'l'ION .
SENTENCE-MA KING.

7. AdjuncU;{
lo the

O~jcd.

. .

.

Prod1g1ous (an adj ective).
Of muscle (a preposition-phra.se).

Emma played.
The same enlarged. - Ou Friday afternoon of last
. week li ttle Emma played gayly with her ne w doll in the
~ .. , , back parlor with tl1e rest of her compa11ion:;.
EXAMPLE. -

DrnE<:rroN. -Copy the foltow iug sentences, and after each
wri te au auaty:;is of it in the manner of tlie foregoing example.

DIRECTION. - Copy the following senten ces, enla rging each
with as great a Yariety of adjunct:; as you can think of:

•.

1. Ou r new ltvr:-;e C harley yesterday ran furious ly
across the !;ridge.

1.
2.
3.
-1.

2. The bell in t he C"hurC"h to wer g i,· ·s forth a musical
sound on 8umlay

IU Ol'll i ng.

3 . \ \T ebstcr 's large dictionary is in truth a prod ig ious
111011u111 c11t of k:1rning.
·I. J 11 !'l U11u11 er !-'llow so mdinws can be se<>u
mo1in t:1 ins.

1>11

tlie

EX .<\i\fPLE.

furiously down t he street.
up fh·L' ""ntcncc~, cncli contn i11ing not less
than tl1ree a<ljuu ct., and afh·r each Hc11tcncc write an analysis
of it.

l1 :1s prnduccd pcnches.

1. Girl.

2. R iver.
3. I :-:i laud.
4. Boat..
5. A nut.
6. Uncle.

V:ll'i<'!"y.
DrnEC "l'fON.- Co py th e folhwin g !'CntC' 11 cc:-1, e nl a rg ing each
witl1 not less lhan fi\·c ndj1111 «t.~ .

Th<' sn n rises,
The \" i ne gro\\ s.
The boy _caught a rahhit.
Thr rarpenter bu ilt a house.
The loco motive draws the train.

- Snl~jecl- B oy.

DIRECI'lO:s'. - Make up a Hc utcnce abo u t each ortbe followi ng
su bj ects, using at least one adjunct with each i;ul1j Pct, object, and
- predicate.

Tl1 r: srtrnc e11/r1r.r;erl by Arlj1t11('{8. - .A11 e111 erprising
farnw r in Dr·laware, Tlioma:i Ridgwa.v, uy sk ilful g rafting, l1a!'l l ately prod twl'd lll o~ i t d eli<'iou!'l p cacl1c!'l of a new

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

----

Se11.te11 N'. - A little curly-hcadctl boy was holding a
large appl e in his hand .

DIRF.CT J O~ . - l\fok c

.\. fa rrr H• r

The kitt€n mewed.
The boys climbed the tree.
The river was froze11.

Mary sing:;.
5. "\Yilliam st udied the le:;son .

5. Tl1e fr ig h te ned hor:-:e draggf'd ili f' u~w carriage

EXA;'.IPLE. -

51

7.

Father.

8. Mother.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.

Brother .
S ister.

Horse.
Dog .
Lion.
\ Volf.

15. Snake.

lG. Bird.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.

'rl'ce.
Garden.
Cloud.
Rain.
SHOW.

_.,..___
EXAMPLE. -

Detached Sentences. -

The tree was

struck. It was an oak tree. The t ree was old . It was
·a fine tree. The tree grew in the park. The li~h tning
' struck the tree. It wa.-; ni g ht when the tree W'..t.S struck.
'

...

52

F IR S T

LE::; 0 ::-\ S I~ COMPOS ITION .

SENTENCE - MAK ING .

The nig ht was Thur:day. It was twelve o'clock when
th . tree was struJ_!C.·;J!~"~~~~~~;~~~--:-:~

~

.

..

. 'l

The boy wrote. He was a good boy. He wrote a
He wrote to his father. He wrote from school
.?e wrote on his birthday. It was a long letter. He
wrote, it early in the morning. He wrote it before
breakfast.

letter.

oak tree in the park wa.-;
o'clo<·k on Tliur.-;d ay nig ht.
i>IHECTION . - Cl1an ge l'a<.:1 1 of the following seri es uf detached
; t' nt e n c(•,.. into o n e

. 8; The interval was looked upon. It was looked
upon as a stage of transition. It was the interval be, tween twenty and th irty. It was a stage of transition
. from
boyhood to ma1ihood. It was among the Spartans
I
it was so looked upon.

~e nt c lll' l'.

1. The boy foll. Tl1c boy 'ms little. It wa.-; a di te h
he fell in to. The <litch was <lry. It wa.':! tl1i.-; rnoruing
tliat he foll in.
2. The river ovcrffo,ycJ. The river was tli e Potomac.
Tlw banks wer e overflowed. It was in November. It
w :L"' on the fi ftce11th of that mouth. On both sides it
was m·crflowcd .

3. The boy came. The bo_v w:t_, pretty. He w~s
little. He was blue-eyed. He had rosy ('heck ··. It
was l1 is mother he came to. The boy had a raLbit. It
was a yo ung- one. It was white. It was lop-eared. He
carried it in his pocket.
4. Leonidas tli ed. Leonidas was a king . He was
kin g- of Sparta. Three hundred of his countrymen died · ·
with him. Th ey died like h croc~. It was at ThermopyJ;e they d ied. Th ey died to d cfe nfl their country. .
Tlwy were dcfc n<lini.; their <'Ollntry ag-ain.t the PerRian.~·-··· ,
G. Milton was horn. He was :t pod. He was a great
poet. He was an E ngl ish poet. Brca(l Street was .the
pla<'c of his birth. Bread St reet. is in C hcapsid e. Cheap- ,
.side is in London. He was !Jorn in th e year 1G08. ·
G. Thoma. · .f cffPrso n was the author of a state-paper. ,
That s ta te paper is known in l1i:-;tory . It is known as,' .
t lie Declarati on of I ndepcncl c1we. If c was President of .;~
t.lie
nited States. He w:1s tlw tl1inl Pr<>s i<lent. He ·di ed at Mon ticello. Monticello is in Virginia. He die<! ' '
July 4, 1826.

53

EXAMPLE. -1. Robert went out early in the morning with light step into the garden.
2. With light step Robert went out early in the morn-

ing into the garden.

• ·3. Robert went out with a light step into the garden
early in the morni_n g.
4. Robert with light step went out into the gard en
. early irt the morning.

' 5. Robert went out. into the garden early iu th e morn-

ing with light ~tep.

N·oTE. - The object of the foregoing i1:1 to :;how how the pluce:-1
· of the adjunct may be vari ed without changing the scrnie.

DntEOTION. - Change the place of the adjuncts in each of the
f'o1lo wing sen.t ences, so as to make the se11tence read in not le:;s
~han four different ways, all meaning the same thing .

,

1. At ·the dawn of day she · ascended the hill with a
fuet,-y
heart
in company with her brother.
).'...
'
·2. In a pensive state of mind the youth stroll ed along
the river in the evening, at a very g entle

,the banks of
pn

5*

54

<ilENTENCE - :MAKING .

F 111 ST LESS 0 NS I N C 0 M P 0 SIT I 0 N.

,,-c

3. For nearly a week
were becalmed in the open
Paci fie, in a ship almu::;t entire! y des ti tutc of provisions.
4. The fid<l tlii:-; year yiddecl a m1wh Letter crop,
thro11~h t he exertions of the proprietor.
5. He reads t~ vcry morning af'tcr breakfast rci;td;u·ly
ten Jl:l ).!;i'S of C icero.
6. The boy threw himself i11to a violent heat yesterday
by j11mping in the garden.
7. At noon on account of the heat of the sun th0
cattle seek the sh:ule.
8. Pope, in his last illnc."ls, amused himself, amidst
the care of his hig-her con<'erns, in preparing a corrected
an<l complete edition of his writings.

5. Vinegar.

6. Apples.
7. Peachc8.

-Make up ten sentences or more about BUTTER,
telling what ynn know about it, or what yon think Clbout it,
whether you like it or <li::1liko it, how it look::!, how it i:; matle,
an1l

o-10

8. Milk.
9. Cheese.
10. Potatoes.
f

2. Chalk.
3. Paper.
4 . Coal.
5. \Vood.

6. Dogs.
7. Horses.
8. Cows.
U. Rats.
10. Cats.

DIRECTION. -1\Iake up ten sentences or more about each of
·· the following subjects:

1. Dolls.

DIRECTION.

55

2. Tops.
3. Hoops.
4. Marbles.
5. Kites.

6. Playing Croquet.
7. Blind Man's Buff.
8. Hide and Seek .
9. Pu;,,sy in the Corn<'r.
10. \Vlw has got, the '.Button :

on.

T o n11-: Ti::ACllER . - Io tho exerc ises under this hca<l, scho lars, oven the
yu1111µ:1''' · will occ1\S iun1Llly form Kcnten cs which arc m,pro o.<lvo.nccu than
tho'"' gi ven in the LUo<l ol s, in! rod uci11g ro li\tivo JH•>noun~, conj uu ot ion s, and
~ubon lin ate chrnsos, in regard to whic h no rul es a~ y et luwo been g iven .
S uoh ~cntcncos s houlu not, i11•l ccu. bo rc1p1irc<l of them fort.ho prcsonl ; but
if g iv1in by thom, nnd if fouut! for1n1•d correctly, tlte_y Rhoul•l not bo uiscountcno.nced, but r nthc r oommcndcd.
Tho ~chola r learns to use words
a.ml form scntoncos, not by oxercii'os 1m rl rul es m orc:y. o r ma.inly, hut by
oonverso.tion, reciting, o.nd reading.
In rnnking up ~mitcnccs fur the
' expression of his own t h ought s or opinions, ho s hould bo encouraged to
exorcise his ingenuity, and to tell whnt. ho knows and thinks, in such way11

.' ..'

··'
,1

'-~
'.1

'
'.

3. Bread.
4 . Cake.

;'
,'~

! '

1 .,

\·';, \,'

I.

SE X T E NCE -

~I

A K IN G•

57

2. Some books arc not 01ily amU,'ling, but they are
·. · ·,also instructive.
3. The blat.:k:;mi th not only makes new uten:-;il:-1, l1ut
he also repairs old one:;.
4. The a::;:; lia:-; a rough coat; he ha:,, likewi!';e a tl1i«k

skin.
5. Day is the ti me for labor, and night i:; tlie ti lllC f; ir
rest.

CHAPTER II.

DIRECTION. - Co mplete the followiug sentences by making
an additional part for each, so as to change it into a Connective
sentence. Enclose the connective word::1 in brackets.

COMPLEX SENTENCES.

. 1. The boy is not only amiable; - 2. The wint~r h~ Leen ::;everc, awl - ·3. T~e birds fly about the garden ; - - also
4. Thomas buys many hook:;; - - and - - to•).
5. The Lee is uot only an in<lu:;triou:; a11ill1al, l>tit
likewise - -

SECTION I. -Connective S entences.
ExA.MPLE. -

Birds fly and

fi:-:lics S\\·im .

In lhis Hcnte11cP, tlwrn arc two component parts,
en.ch fon11ing hy i t,..,df a complete H1•ntt:nce, a11d uot <kpe11dc11L
in any way one upon th e other. Tl 1ey merely i;l:llld alq11g:;idc
of each othe r, and are held togl'th cr a.-\ one by the corrnecting
word and. Such sentences are called Connective.
NOTE l. -

NOTE 2. -The principal word" u;if'rl r11r eonnediug ~ c ntcnccs
in thi8 way arc a11d, loo, a/;;o, like1ci81;, beside.~, ·11w1wJ11cr, f11i'flwr·
m ore, 11ol 011fy- but afsn, not 011fy - l."'t ti:.-c11 ·i~c , etc.

EXAJ.IPLES. -1. [Not only] Cxsar w:i ..., a g reat warrior; [but also J he was a great writer.
2. The cat catches mice; [a.nd] she cab them [too].

DrnECTH>N . - Copy the following Hcntcnce:<, and iu
cndo:>c in hrac ket.-; the connective word or worch.

each

1. The horse se rv es for ri ll ing; it is also URed for

draught.
56

<

DIRECTION. - i\Takc 11 p a Crnnl'lex i-;cntence, comi"''"'d .. rt."·"
co-ordinate
parts, with suitabi e c1rnnccti\·c word:<, about l':Ld1 nf
1
·~ the following subj ects. Enclose i11 bnwkct.-; tile connective word.:;
in. each.
~

• •

4. Tl1c so1rnd of' a ('iii IIW n f' I,,.] J...;_
1. The street-car.
· '2. The selwoi-hou,.;e. G. Tli1~ 1111i,.;t• qf' a l1)«1l1 11<>t i \"" ·
3. The church spire. 6. The arrival uf' tlie train.

C:ccsar was not onk
. a ,-,crreat w:1rr1nr ,·
but also [he wa.--J a gr\'at \Hi kr.
Contracted form. - C:esar was not on ly a g reat warEXAMPLE.-'

• rior, but also a gre.:'lt wri~r .
NOTE. - In forming a connccti\•e ,;cntc neP, th e ,;entt·n"" 1n ay
sometimes be shortenetl by leavin g 011t certain word:;. Tlitl>', iu
the example, the wvnb he wa;j may be left out, bcc.:au:oe the id ea

''
'.

- ,t ...

~~;.P·~

':·"t

(1~

·~ -3:~rt-

58

F l RS T

L ES S 0 N S I N C 0 :11 P 0 Fi I TI 0 .N •
'.

has al ready Leen sufficiently exvrcsseJ
in th e Jirst par t of the sentence.

uy

S E N' T E N C E - )r A K I N G •

.-..

the words C'tesar was,

2.
3.
4.
5.

DIRECTION. \\'rite the follo wing se ntences in a contracted
forn1, leaving out tl.wsc worJs which arc not needed for expressin g the m ear1ing.

1. Tl1e dug barks, and the <log bites.
2. The boy lauglHxl, anLl the girl laughed.
3 . You shuu Id love your brothers, and you should
love your ::;istcn-_;.
4 . Pharisee "\\·as the name of' a sect, Seribe was the
name of an ollieC'.
5. Pennsylvania abounds Ill coal, awl PennsYlvania
ahouuds i11 iron .

A do~ and a sq uirrel.
A cat a1Jd a rnouse.
A m·tn aml a horse.
:;.1'ew York am1 Philadelphia.
George \Va..,;hington and Bc 1~jamin Frankl in.

Drrtf.:CTTON'. - ~Ia.k c up five i;e11tc11ccs, each with one suliject
and two predicates. Let th e following he the subjects :

EXAMPLE. -

With the Connectives :
Fon:ru 1. ~ol otily 1llw·!J was idk this 11wrn1ng,
[iJu l I·:lkn al:-'f)J

1. Ham and tlrie<l beef.

FORi\l

2. l\I:uv not 011ly was idle tlris 1nnrning-, [Lut
miscl1ievo11s also J.

FORM

3. l\Iary

\\as

idle no t u11ly

Ll1is 'fllOl'ni11_r;,[Lut

this afh·r11oon ;d""].
NOTE.- In u,;i 11g the conn ective;.; not onf!J-bul 111<11, tli 0
· · words not onl11 mu,.;t lie put immediately bcfvre tlie wurd. \vli ich
-. C!l11 s for
· :l corrc,;1
.
1.r::wdt
vf tlie ~ca 1<J11• 1·111 g won l 111 •,'111·, <itli"r
~
u

tence: 'fhnH:
1. Not onlv Jlfar11. lrnt Ellen. 2. :Nut 011ly idle, but 'misclticv3. Not ~, 11 Jy thi,.; r11on1i11!/, hut abo this u/frrnorJ11.

ous.

only placed: 1, before the subjl'ct; :!, l1l'f11r,: t_hc pn·dimt<·; :;, _ h 1~­
fore the object; anJ then fill out 1'ach with an apprupnate
addition.

1. The train approached the city.

Dr rtEC1'JON. - Make np five Hcnt<·nC'r'1, C'ach with only one
and one predicate, hut with t wo ohjrct'1.
ing be the obj ect,; :

Mary was idle this morning.

DIRECTIO N. _ \Vritc P:tcl1 of tlic f"lluwing ;.;crrtc11ccs w it l1 r1r,t

l . A steam boat.
2. The Pole st:-ir.
3. The letter S.
4. The fig-nre 8.
5. The City of' London.
~ub,if'rt

\ V0011 and 1:oal.
Books aIHI papers.
Girls and boys.
l\Icn a11d women.

Not only - but also.

DrnECTION. - l\fak e up fiv e sontrr11.:r,.; , rach wi th two snhjects
and only one predi cate, aud let the fvllvwi11g lJe the i:rn~jcct..,:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

ii9

Let the follow-

2. The farmer planted <'Orn.
!). This class lws stwl i< :1 l µ:rammar.
4. ThP ni:tn <'rnss1'<1 t l1f• fr rry.
5. The boy eaugl1t a trout.
1

~.

'

'

60

FIRST LB8SONS

SE.NTl:.:.NCE - .MAKlSU.

IN COMPOSITION.

5. Troubles and sufferings conneeteJ with s110\\·.
6. Cause of the disappearance of the snow.
7. Places where ::;1ww ex ists all the year round .

COl\IPOSITIONS.
DIRECTION . - l\Iake up not le...;-; t han twenty sentences about
Coin•, t<llling wha t you know or think about it. Let the senten ces be par tly i;implc oue:<, and partly complex. Tile following
Outline of topic.-; will help you:

DIRECTION. -

Prepare a si milar outline of topici; ill regard tu

efirCh of the following suujcct:; :

1. How corn is plante<l.
2. vVhat is <lone to the corn while it is growing.
~5 . A descri ptio11 of the stal k.
4.· A <1 c.scription of tho silk, and of the tassel.
5. A d escription of the husk, and of the ear.
6. Different ways of using eoru for food .

'

G. A s<"hool-house.
7. l'ies.
8. CanJy.
9. The hand.
10. The eye.

1. Ice.
2. Tomatoes.
3. A bridge.
4. A riv er.
5. A railroad station.

I:

1.'.

f.

.,.1

of the

EXAMPLE .

-Subject - A

SHEEP.

OUTLINE.

=:-~In mu.ll:ing

EXAMPLE.

yuu1~er

.'

sc-lwl>trs will nenl '"' ' l .•!11.ul. i

recoive assistance from the tcacLcr. Let thG ~H.:li~iia.r~ Lcgiu tunl ~11 ;.;~ 1 · ~t
or~lly whateve r topics tht·y cnn tl1i11k of withr1ut IH·lp.
L«t those l"i'i"" Lu
. discussed and rcviHcd in a familiar couvcrsation iu th n cl""" · ntu l l<•l olh<'r

.,_

1. Tl1e s ize a."l l'ompare1l " ·ith two or three other
<lomc:;tie an imal:;.
2. Traits of' character or natural disposition of the
sheep.
3. Pet'uliarity of it:; cm·cring, as comptnc(l \vith those
uf the goose a111l uf t he (log.
-l:. Uses of tho animal.
5. How the sl 1cep makes it-; wants known .
G. Sonic of its natural enemies among other animals.

these outliucs, the

.

·•'

topics be suggcste<l if ucc<l be. Aft er th u ~ talking 1Ll.011t a >< 11l•j»l'I, ""!hill
tho scholars see m to get an ideu. of tho various wa.v • in wli id1 it mo.y be
spoken of, l et them then write out a n outline nn•l h•in..I it in to tl"' r..,, .. ti«r.
When an outline has thus bee n preparc<l, an<l is approved by the te:Lcb e r,
Jot a. compos.ition he written up on it.

DIRECTION. - Write a composition of not less than twl'11ty
· sentences on each of the foregoing subjects, accor<li11g to the (lut. - ~ine wliich has been p repared and appru\·cd.

;.,

.. -

,t·

.

'

r .....

-Subj ect-S:-\OW.
SECTION II.-Antith e ticnl S e n tences.

<,A,

OFTl.lN E.

1. Time of the .,Year wh<'n snqw 11s11al1v comes .

2. lt:-; appearance in eominµ; down .
3. Effect-> of violent wi1Hl npon the snnw when falling.
4. Amuscincnt-; and pl ea.sun~ conncck.(l with snow.

ExAMPLE. - The pen.rock has a heantiful
- (but] its voice is harsh and 1mm11si('al.

plurna~r;

this sentence there arc two componc11t pfirt,;,

complete in itself, and these parb are put ill cnntra;;t,
6

!

~

:-:. . ·.

.".. .

.·~ .•. -,

'

)

62

FI ll ST

LE:; S 0 KS

IK

Cl> Jlf l' 0 SIT l 0 :'\ .

oppositir,n , r1r ~u1tith e.'i i :s to each oth er by tlie word but.
tence:i tliu;; 1;,rn1ed arc call ed Anlitli eticnl.

SENTENCE-MAKING .
Sen·

COMPOSITIONS.

N OTE 2. -The prin cipal words u ~ed in forming Antithetical
aru but, yd, else, other w ~se, howei-cr, whereas, while,
whil:st, neverl /11:/i:.~~ , notwithstanding.

EXAMPLE. -Subject- EGGS.

Sentence~

OUTLINE.

1. The or<linary shape of eggs.

DIRECTlON. - Copy the foll owin g sentences, enclo;;ing rn
brackct.:5 the antithetical word in each:

2. Different. kill(ls of eggs, an<l the peculiarities of e:iel1.
, 3 . V arietics of eolor.
4·. The parts nf an 1·gg, and a de.-;eription uf <.:ad1 part.

, 1. Ol 1ildren ought to be merry somet imes; but they
.;ho1ild nevc·r he n1<.J(~ .
2. ~kpli f' 11 tlH' nwrlyr \Ya.-; stmwd hy the ,Jews; yet
lie died praying for them .
3. \\'e 111 11st wor::;liip God in spirit and in truth;
otl 1<·r \\'i::i<' our wor::;h i p w i II not hr :t('ccptcd .
-L The king<1om of' Isntl•l wa.-; entirely <lef'troyed hy tlrn
Assy ria us; w liereas that of Judah was aftern·:ml restored .
5. \\re must be diligent in tit ud y; else we ::;hal l make
little prog ress.

5. The \':trious uses of eggs.

6. Mode::; of cook ing them.

1

' DIRECTION. -

-L \\'alnuts.

5. The \\T<'n.
G. The 11Hmkey.

Make up an outline on each of th e fiil l11" ing

'sµbj ects :

1. Sweet potat{)CS.
2. \ Vatcrrnelons.
3. Iec cream .

4. Soap.
SLue.-;.
6. Hah.

i) .

. DrRECTTON.-:!\Iakc a compo:;ition uf ll•Jt ](',..,_ tJi,1n fii'tcT ll
:;cntences on each of the forcg:oing: suhj e t.:t~ . aft er t ilt' •• 11t li!l •: i i: ~'
been prepar4r!d and 11:1.::1 been appr11,·ed by the tcad1er.

J. The lion is compnrat inl_v small; hnt - 2. Some kind:-; of wood are not u:-;efnl for building;
aevt~ r tlwl1·ss - :). l{lwd1~ lsl:t nd is a small St:ite; yd - -1. Tlw kad1('r must be very pati eut, ot.henrise - 5. Time i:-; prcC'ious; yet - -

1. The comm on house- fly .
2. The mosquito.
3. Pins.

DIRECTION. - :'\fake up not less that twenty sentences "n th e
foregoi ng ::iul)j eet, and le t at lea"t two of ~l i e .;u1te1tce:i i ll~ ,,,a.
i:iecti've, and two :rntithetical.

'

DrnE<: nox. - Complete the follo \\' in g sentences by making an
acldition:tl pa rt for each so as to clianµ- e it to an antith etical senten ce. Enclose th e antithetical \\'Ords in brackets.

DmECTlOX . - .0Iake up an ant ith t.:'t ical :;cntcnce, composed of
two co-ordi11ale par ts, on c~ tc h of t h 1~ ful lowiHg ~uhj ects. Enclo;ie
the antith etical word or worrls in brackf't.~.

63

,;

,

SECTION III. - Inferen tial S enten c es .
ExAMPLE.-Thc man is intemperate in his habits ,

---=:·. (therefore] he llocs not suecced ill hiti bu.-;inr:.-;s.
""'; •. ~:·""-

""'"~S'.-;;--_ ::NOTE 1. -

In this sentence th ere are two compon ent parts,
i11ji'rc111·,.. t'r11 n1
-;:-: the other. This inference is cxpre:-i;.iccl hy tlie word tl11·n:fr,r~.
" Sentences formed iu this way are called Jnrerwlial.
~I

~:-_· each complete in it...,elf, but one part i::i given a.'! an

£..'11'.

1

f
1,

•

·. ! ; '.
~'

...

.i~:~~

~;.

64

F

r n sT

L Es s 0 N s

I N

SENTEN CE - MA KING .

c 0 ,\{ r 0 s I T 1 0 N •

N OTE :L - H the infc rC'ntial word i,; left out of 1mch a sentence
it is rl'sol vecl at on ce into t \\'O i11d cpcmknt sentences. Thus ;
"The man is i n tcrn pc rate in his It al.Ji t-~; [th erefore J he does not
<;uececJ in his uusi 11 e:;:;."
N uT 1·: :;, - Th e prin cip al word>:< usetl in forming l nfereutial.
' Sent ence:; are thenjore, w/u:refo re, then, hr.:nce, whence, so, c:o118eg11enUy, accordi11gly.

COMPOSITIONS.
EXAMPLE. - Subject -

hence he missed the t rain.

DIRECTION. - Make up twen ty sentences on the foregoin g subject, and let at least one of the sentenCP,s be inferen lial, one
antithetical, and one connective.
DIRECTION. -

Make up an outline on each of the following

subjects:

1. The boy is often absent from flchool; hence - 2. The ~now was t wo feet deep; r·nm<'qnmtly - 3. He wa..,; never known to ~pe:1k :u1 11n t rnth; llw1·e-

forc - 4 . Cha rle::; presented his composition foll of unsightly
blots; conMf_Jllen.lly - 5. I forgot to uring my hook; so - DrnEc-rrox. - Make up nn inferenti al sentence, composed of
.
two co-ordinate parts, on each of the follow in g i; ubj ects. E nclose · ·
the inferential wo rds in brackets .

3. :\ lllOlHlt}lin.

Why roses are cultivat:cd.
Some of the varieties of the rose.
The color.
The perfnme.
T h e thorns which grow upon the rose-bush.
The bngs whi ch infest it.
Rose-wakr.
Ottm of roses.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.

4. A river.
5. Skating.
6. Swimming.

4. Cherries.
5. Mince pie.
6. Rice pudding.

1. The peacock.

DrnECTIO :'\ . - Co mplete the following sentences by an additi<lnn.l part fi1 r each , 1>0 as to change it iut.o an inferential sentence.

1. A pi c-nic.
2. A sonp-buhble.

RosES.

OUTLINE.

D1 RECTION . - Copy the fo llowing se ntences, aml enclose in
brackcL-> t he in ferent ial wor<l in each :

1. The we:.ither was unfavorable; accordingly we clefo r rcd our visit.
2. The ink is t hick and pa~ty; therefore I cannot
wri te <kcc11tly.
3 . Tlw l>oy i::1 au orphan; the refore he ncc<ls :sympathy.
4. The girl is attentive to lier lessons ; consequc 11 Uy
she makes rapid improvement.
5. He was at the stat ion two minutes behinJ time;

65

2. The squirrel.
3. The camel.

DIREOTION. -Make a composition of not le:;i; than fifteen ::;entences on each of the forego ing : 1 ubj ect::1, after th e outlin e ha.~
oeen prep a red and has been approved by the teacher.

SECTI O N IV. - Dependent Sentences .

if

EXAMPLE. -

The children could play in tlic g :mb 1,
they would not injure the plant5.

N OTE 1.-Thi::; ::1entence con ;; i::1t:i of t wo part<!, each Jia,·in 1; a
subj ect and a prc<licatkl of it::1 O\\' ll, yel neither rnaki11 i-; lJy it.-cl!' ;1
completed meaning. If any one ;;ay:;, "The children coul ·l 1.J:i:•
6

*

E

..
l;

66

F T HS T

L ES S 0 NS I N

(; 0 M T' 0 S I 'l' I 0 N •

in the garden " - and stops t h e re, we fret t hat th e sem;e j,, not
complet e. So, a bo, when nny on e say,; - " i f th ey wo ul d not
inju re the pla u L-; " - we feel that something more must be said.
One par t of the >'lc!lt.en <.:e i1:1 <le11eud ·nt upon t he oth er. K eithcr
par t can st:l 11 d alone. T h o worJ ex pressi ng th is <h-pcn<lence is
if. Scnlclll.:C.'"1 so co n ·tru ctcd a rc called Dep1•11 tlc11t ,~;11te11 ce:;.
N'OTE 2.- A great many words a rc u:;cd fo r the p urpose of
cxpre.-;:s i 11g the <lepe n<lcncc o f o ne p a r t of a se nte nce upon
a noth er. A111011g t h e m ost cn111111 on a rc th e f; i!Jo winl! : if,
tho119h 1 a!tho ng h, yet, w !t ile, tl'!t il"t, 11·he11, 1ulwre, tl1r1f, ·o tlw t, i11
order tha t, u ule.&11 until, becau e, 1Ji111·1', bcfure.

Copy tli e fo ll owin g se nle nccs, a nd i11 e ac h mark
the word o r words cx p res;;iug d cp(' fld c n cc.
DrnECTlON. -

.

1. Tlie train wi ll h:w c :;tarted l1cfc1 rc YOU n·a(' h t he
otation.
2. Let me k now wli<'t1 s('li ool wil l !1<' out.
3. \ \Tht'll spring <'OllH:s the Sll<)\1· wi 11 disappea r.
4. T he heat was so Jo ng con t i JJ ll ( '< I tliat t li e vegctatinn
wa:; a I l dril'd up.
5 . A ltho u;.;li tlie t·lqiha nt is of' si wh e11 onuou:; size,
yet it ca n he man aged w itl iu 11 t difT il' ul ty.

Fill out, the fo llo wi ng ::;cntl' n cc><, p ut tin g a !s uita ble d ep e ndent part to cad1 :
DIRECTIO N. -

1. If t he hoy is not in t inw for sc hoo l,
2. A ltho 11g- l1 yonr s i,; tc r may lH' a lllia hl l', - 3. Before ,'"()II 11 rnlcrta kc to rq>ro\' e a not li er for rtny
fa ul t, - 4. I n ordl'r tha t y ou may o bta in a pri zP, - 5. Unle.-;.:; y ou ('O lll C to sd1 oo l earli er,

67

bE N TE NC E -MAKI NU .

4. Straw.
5. Bricks.

1. The g:irJen gate.
2. The fr on t J oo r.
3. New-mown hay.

i.

G. \\" ood.

CO l\I POSITIONS.
DmECT IO N . - M ak e an outline uf not less th a n fi ve wpic:-:i :m
each of the foll owin g sulij ects :

1. A ,g_ rape-v ine.
2. T he strc·ct eo rnc r.
3. The apple-tree.

4 . B irds'

1wsL...;,

5. Th0 roo fa of hn1 1:-:f's.
6. A fl ower garden .

DnrnCT lO N . - Make up not Jc:;:; t h a n fifteen ;-;cntu1cc:» OH e:tcb.
of the fo regoin g suhjccts, a fte r th e outline h a.-; beeu prepared,
aml h as b een a pp roved by the teach er.

SECT I ON V. - R ela tiv e S e n ten ces.
EXAMP LE. T h e t ree which the g:.mlencr pLrnted
has g rown to a g reat size.
NOTE 1.-This senten ce may b e resolved into t wo ;;iu1ple

F<eH-

g rr»,· 11 co
a great size." Thc>Je t wo :-:ii 111plc ,;e nte u ce.<; an· ro 111 lo1 1H·d 1 1it 11 r1 : 1•
complex sente n ce by m ea11;-; of th e word w!t ir h . Tl1i,; w 11 rd. ""'
called a relali1x , a nd the compl e x sentence,; ,.;o fnrJ11 e<l are callt'd
Relal'i,ve &ntences.
NOTE 2. - Th e r elati ves are wliich , w /111, an d tl1nt. " \ Vlio"
has three form :s, who, 1n/w.se, an d 1nhm11.

tences : "The ga rdener plan ted a t ree," "The tree

I _1:L~

DIRECTION. - Copy th e following senten ce=- , a nd mar k in C'ach
th e r elative word:
DIRECTION. - J\fak c up a co m p lex RC' nll· nc·l', <·0111posed of two
d r pC'ndent parL'i, o n each of t lt e fo ll owing su bject.;·

1. The man who ca me to our house la.':it night
very snspiciou:-;-1ook iug fellow .

WIJ..i :i

.;'•·

,,
1,.

68

FIHST LESSO.NS

JN

COMPOSlTrON .

2. The Lridge that has been built across the river is a
great convenience.
3. The girl forgot all abont the lesson which ::;he hacl

to learn.
4. George 'Vashington is a man whom all Americans
a re taught to reverence.
5. The egg:; whidi you carry rn the hasket were
boug ht in the market.
T>urnc nox. -Rt•:m1ve each of th e foregoing complex sentences
into two simple ::sen tences.

.
i\foke up a complex relative sentence on each
of the following subject.-;:
DIREC'TlO:-r. -

1. The lrnmrn ing-bird .
2. The robin .
3. The barn.

4. The ::;tars.
5. The moon.
6. The sun .

PART
VARIETY O F

III.

EXP R ESS ION .

CHAPTER I.
CHA NGE

0 F

A R RANG EM ENT.

..' ...

.~;Ji ..
CO~IPOSITION"S .

DJRECTIO-:-: . - Make up an outline of not less than five topics
on each of the following subj ects:

1. Cn ncllcs.
2. Ga.<i.
.3. Spoons.

4. Tables.
5. B<:d . .
G. H itl ing on horseback .

DIRECrrO,'-" . - i\f:tk e up not l c.~s than fiftl•c n 8cntencc::s on each
Qf the forl'go in:; subj ect.-;, n.11d let three :;cntences at leai;t in each
lie relative sentence:;.

r~-~

. l/

SECT I ON I. - P rose Changed.

'Vhat sculpture is to a block of marble,
education is to the human soul.
EXAMPLE. -

Varied. - E<lucation is to the human soul what scul1'ture is to a biock of marble.
DIRECTION. - Vary the arrangement of each of the
eentences, taking care to preserve the meaning.

fi.1llowi11g

1. If we do not govern our passions, we may be !'uro
our passions will govern us.
·" 2. He who seriously intends to repent t-0-morrow,
should in all reason begin to-day.
3. Before this surprise or fear had time to abate,
· Columbus ordered t he g reat guns to be fired .
69

~i~'.~
r.~

.

70

FIRST

LESSONS

IN COMP08ITTON .

VAl~IETY

OF

EXl'RESSJON .

71
·;:.'

4 . \Vhilc Columbus was engaged in his successive

voyages to the West, the spirit of discovery did not languish in Portug:d.
5. It may be lai<1 down as a position which seldom
cleceives, tliat when a man cannot hear
tlwre i:-; <something wrong.

hi~

own company

:I\ fa ke up a complex sentence on each of the fol lowi ng subject.<i, and give to each sentence two arrangements,
both ~xpressing th e :;ame meaning.
Di iu,;cTION. -

1. Going to school.
2. Goi11g to church.
3. The study of history.

4 . The study of mus ic.
5. The study of botany.
6. The love of flowers.

COMPOSITIONS.
Make an outline of not
each of the following subj ects :
DmECTION. -

1. City pleasu res.
2. Country plt'nsures.

)cRs

than five top ics on

3. Home plea.s un'~.
4. Pleasures of tnwei.

Write a composition of not less than ten sentences on each of the foregoing subjects, and give to each sentence two <lifforent arrangement.~. L et tho outline be prepared
anJ approved, before writing the composition.
DIRECTION. -

SECTION II. -Poetry Ch anged.
EXAMPLE. -

Down in it5 green and shady bed
A modest viol et fr:l'CW;
Its stalk was bent, it hung its head,
As if to hide from view.

Varied. - A modest violet grew Jown in its g rc('ll
and shady bell; iL~ ::;talk was bent, it hung its head, a:-1
if to hi<.le from view.
DIRECTION.- Vary th e arra11gem enl of the f"llowinL;
Rages, changing them tfl prose, liut retaining the 11IL'<\lli11g:

pa-~­

1..A. licru1it, tlicre wa:;
\Vho lived in a grut,
And the way to be happy,
They said, he liad gut.

2. Tiy coo1 Silo:uu's :--:liady rill,
How sweet the lily grows!
How s\n:ct tlie Lrcath l1eneath the hill
Of Sha run\ dewy rose !

3. Full many a gem, of purest ray c;cn·ia·,
The: dark, unfothom\l caves of ocean lwar !

• -1. If so1i<l happ iness w e prize,
\Vitliin our Grca:--: ts tl1is .i<'\H•l l i<•s;
Alll l they arc i\l•il,.; \\-Ito roam:

The world has nothing to bestow;
From our own selves our joys must flow,
All(l that d!'ar llllL our l1ull\t '.
5. Sercnf• and mild, the untried nigl1t
May have its dawning;
Aml, as in sumnH:r\ nnrth0rn light
The evening aml tlic (hw11 unite,
,,
The s1111sPt hue.-; of time Llend with the souls new
morrnng.
6. For gold his sword the· hirelinb( ruffia11 dr:tw~;
For gold the hin:ling judge 1listorb tlit· laws;

'.

72

FIHST

LESSONS

IN COM J'OSl 'l'ION .

\V cal th hcap\l on wc:.1lth nor trnth nor safety buys :
The dangers gatLer as the treasure::; rise.
7. If happiness on wealth were built,
Rich rogues might comfort find in guilt.
As gro w,; the miser's hoarded store,
Hi::; fears, his \Vant.'i, increase the more.

8. Hope, like the 1,tli mm(•ri11 g taper's light,
Adorns and dH·t•r::; the way;
And still, as darker grows the night,
Emits a brighkr ray.

9. When descends on the Atlantic
The gigantic
Storm-wind of the equinox,
Land ward in his wrath he scourges
The toiling surges,
Laden with sea- weed from the rocks.

C HAPTER II.
CH ANGE

F

ST H. UC T URE.

!. - Subjec t, Obj ect, or Pred1ca t.E:
Changed .

. · .·· ·ExAMPLE. -

Study is the roaJ to knowledge.

-:: Subject Cha.ngecl.-Stndy,
Being studious,

10. At midnight, in his gwmled tent,
Tl1e Turk wa::; dre:tn1i11g of' the hour
\ Vhcn Greece, her knee in suppliance bent,
Shoul<l tremble at his power.
11. Beside yon straggl ing fence that skirt." the way:
\Vith blos."!rn 11 'd furze 1111pr0Ji tably ga)',
Tlien', in his noisy mansion skill 'd to rule,
The village master ta.ugl1t his little sd10ol;
A man severe he was, aml stern to view;
I knew him well, and every truant knew.

0

• ...

RtiHlion;..; h:tliitc;,
Stud iou,.;nc.o.;s,

Attention t-0 lessens.

Chan;;ed. -Kn nwl cdc:·(',
I ,t"~trn i 11 t:',
Scli(ll;1r,.;l1 i p,
1\fental :icqnisitions,
ScicntiJie attai1111w11ts.

redioote Changed.- Is the roaJ to,
Leads to,
C.111dw_·e~

to,

Promotes,
Se1·ure~.
'(·

Study is the road to kno \vlcdge.
7

78

'

1·

~

74

F T RS T

1, E 8 S 0 N S

I N

C 0 ~f P 0 S I T I 0 N •

2. & ing studious eon<luce....; to R<>holarsh ip.
:1. Attention to lessons secures mental acquisitions.
·! . Studiousness lcacb to learning .
5. Stutlions habits promote scholarship.
G. Bei 11g studi ous is the way to l>eeome wise.
D rnECTJON . - Vary the construction of each of t he follow ing "
;;c·nt<:>nces not le:-1s than five time~ , by chan ging the object, the .
subj ect, a nd the predicate, but without changing materially the
geHernl m eaning of the sente nce :

1. Temperance cond uccB to health.
2. L earning ·is better thau riches.
:3. L ifo is short.
--l . A liar is not believed even when he speaks the truth.
.5. I rnlu:-;try i:-; the source of wealth.
6. T l1e luve of money ofkn lca<h; to <lreadful crimes.

VAH IETY

UF EXPH .E 88ION .

75

D IRECTIO N . - Vary th e following sentences by chan g in g the
• Vl!l'b from the active form to the passive, or from the pa~:-; 1 vc to

.the active :

1 . Tea was introduced into Europe by t he Dutcli.
2. Thomas J eflerson wrote the Declaration of I ndc-n.dence.

, 3. Poets and philosophers have compared the cour~G

r h uman life to that of a river.

4. Dr. Kane described the Arctic silence

as something

ost dreadful.

·o.

They ::i.s.serted not only the future immortality, but
past eternity of t he human soul.
.
.
6. Pedro threw away the very fr1 cml:0h 1p wi thou t
~"hfoh he would still have been an exile .

h

Dm.EC11'ION. -

COJ\:IPOSITIONS.

DrnECTTOX. - l\1ake up a sentence on each of the following
snLjecL-;, an<l giYe to each sentence not le&> than fh·e different
con.-;trn c ti on.'!, without materially changing the meaning ;
:

1. Sunset.
:2. ~kmory .
:1. ] '\)\'(•J'ty.

-t Dinner- time.
5. A ship at sea.
G. A da il y newspaper.

Make a composition of not le;;:; than twenty sen· of the i;ix foregoing subject.'!.
-

DmE GT Jn:" . -

tenccs on

~He lt

SECT ION IL-C han ge fro m A cti v e to P nss ive, et .

Make up a sentence about each of the following
bJects, and give the sentence both an active and a pa..':lsi ve for111.
OTE. - In order to do this, it will be ncces:mry that the tien·
in the active form should be one requiring an object.

1. The rotation of the earth on
~:on.~

it;;

axis. 2. T he n'(·r)!-

o( childhood.

3. T he A merican ·w:1r nf Indi4 . Tiie di~-o \·ery of _-\. mt'r iea. 5. T ht· t•l••<:e of Patrick Remy.
G. D:l\· id , king· ,.f l~r:1 1 · i .
:..e\ Jexander the Great. 8 . Ff• rdinaml de Sutt>. ~I . The
J~t' Stream.
10. The letter carrier.

COMPOSITIONS.
!cs:; tlian tw Pnty

Ex ~DIPLE.

Changed. -

- The French fii;.,t people<l :New Orleana.
N cw Orleans was first

2. A Picture Gallery.

Freneh .
!- .

76

FIH :;T

LESS O ~S

IN

3. 1\Iy l>irthday.
4. Thunki:;giviug Day .

VAH.l ETY OF EXPRESSION.

co:MPOSITI ON.

1. John th e Baptist.
2. The Good Samar itan.
3. The Apostle Paul.

5. Shoppiug .
6. Christmas.

SECTION III. -Change of Partic ipial
C onstru c ti ons ..
ExA~fPLE. -

Having reduce<l the island to perfect
servi twlc, the French wi thdrew their forces.

77

4. Christopher Columbus.
5. The Mayflower.
6 . Charles Dickens.

COMPOSITIONS.
DIRECTION. - 1\fake a composition of not less tl1an twenty
sentences about each of the following subj ect.; :

4. The li fe of a seamstrc,;;s.
5. 'I:he lifo of a mini:;tcr.
6. Being cond ndor on a railroad.

1. Farming .

Clwnycd. -\Vhen tli ey haJ reduced the island to ptrfoct servitude, the F rench wi th<lrew their forces.

2. Garden ing.
3. Teaching.

Non~ . - \ Vhat i::1 h ere, in the second form , expressed as a
d0pen,knt ;.;c ntrn co (" \\' hen t hey hacl redu ced," etc.), is ex·
prc...,,.;c1l in t.he fmit for m as a par ticipial com;tru ction ("Having
red uc..:eJ ," etc.) .

SECTION IV. - Chan ge of Perso n.
DIRECTION._._ Change

t he following sentences from the par·
ticip ial form to that of a dependent ~c nten ce, or the opposite, a.a
the cr~-;e miq be.

1. Wlten the t en y ears fixed by the treaty had expired,
t he Engl ish were unwi lling to contiuue the arrangement.
2. Ex pec-tillg no imlulgence from the reader, he
shrrn·cd none to h imself'.
:1. \VlH·11 Henry was r lv,·c· n ye~1 r.'< of a~c, Beaufort, _
who had been made C lurncl·llnr of the U ni vcrsity, rec<· i ved him as a stucl ent at Q neen's College.
-L Althot1gh living in the f:arne town, I know
lit tle of them .
5. Mosc8 stretched his hancl o,·cr the Red Sea, as a
signal fo r the waters to return to thei r c11auuels, after
the ch iklren had all passe<l over.
D rn ECTION. - Make up a complex sentence about each of the
followi ng suujcck'!, and give to each sentence two forms, as above.

- vVhe n Alexan<ler the Great wa;; a:-;kc'1l,
" Why do yo u not coutencl in the Oly mpic Ga11w,.; ·: ".lie
"I will, when I have king,.; fo r my compcti1o rs.·'
-

EXAMPLE.

·u,

Ohanged. -- "\Vhen .Alexander the Great was

a :·d-:: 1.·11

why he did not eontc nl1 in the O lym pi c Ga11w;-;, liL' s:11d
foit he would do ~o w11 ell lie l1a<l kin~,.; f(1 r l1is 1·1)11 1.'~- f)etitors.
- Change th P. actor~ in th1~ followin)! "c11te n"' '~
(eo,tn the first or second perso n to the th inl, or t l1 e c11 11tr:t ry :

• DlRF.O'TION.

.: '. l_. Cardin:tl \ Yubey, in his l:ist

mnn1<·11 t...:, sai1l. ", l Li.i

~t

servNl mv God with half tlil.' Zl':tl l ,;(·nT• I 11:_,.
, I would r:ot in my ulJ age 1ian· l1<·<·11 ic1·1 l•1 t iw
...

•

)J

oi rny enemies.
vVhen a fri end expressed surprise that ti ir .:'1Lttt l1L·\\.
should have done a g reat favor tu one wl1u l1:Ld

~

78

FIHST

LESSONS

IN

C OMPOSITION .

injured him, Sir 1\fottiww replied that lie thauked God
he had learn ed to forget iuj uri c.'l.
3. A man shoul<l never be a.-;ltamed to say that he hae
been in the wrong ; it is but saying, in otlier words, that -·
he is wiser to-Jay than he was yc:-stcrday.
':!.. A sailor, on breaking his leg by a fall
mainmast, :-;aicl to the bystau<lers it was a great mercy
that it wa:::; not his neck.
5. The 11ia11 :-;aid to the youths, "Cast yonr eyes up
and tell me what. you see." Tlicy rt'plied, "\Ve see vast "'
pi !cs of cl oudR floating ca.'-'tward ."
C. Je:-;11::; said to Nathanael. "Thou shalt see
thing:-; tlia11 these."
7. Tlic friar said to Romeo, " I I>ri ug thtc tiJings of
th e prince's doom ."
8 . Just before Socrates drank tl1e fatal poison, one of
Iii:-; friends was lamenting that lie \\"a,.; about to be put
to death innocently. Sucrate:-; asked whether he wished
hin1 to die guilty.
_
"I
.
1
"
.,
1
l
9.
am a rumel 11urn, s:rni t te wuter, ~ he ga.zcd-c~
upon the 1a11d:-;cape.

VARIETY
~

Drn.c:c:TlUN - 1\Iake nf> a Ktory of n (•nm·crs:1tion between two _
boy::i ( namillg tl1en 1), 011e propo:;in g an cxcu rsiou for catchini;-- _
fis h, the oth er arguing in favor of nuttin g. Put the story first .''
in :t narrative form, the sentences being all constructed in the .
third person ; then change it to the form of dialogue, the speakers ."being in the first and tiecond person.
-.--

SECTION V. - Mi s cellaneous Changes.
NOTE_ -The exe rci se.~ which follow arc i11teuded as a sort
of review of the four preceding sections. The ,.cholar, being by

79

EXPHESSION.

~is

time familiar with the variow:1 mode::i of varying th e expreslion, ·may use tLem at pl eu.-;ure in changing the language i11 th e
examples to be given.

_~

EXAMPLE. -

It was a brilliant night.

Beneath a

d :l r k

-.- and cloudless vault, the snowy mantle of the mountain
hone resplendent with the heams of a full Italian mon11.
~fhe

guides lay buried in the deepest sleep. Below 11:-;,
-the yawning clefts arnl strange de...;olaLion of tlw g l;wi <T
presented an appalling pid me of dangers :-;carcely gone by.

--The JJight was resplemleut. Tlic m o unt.a.in, cla<l in spotlc:-;:-; whik, glistened against tll(_' <l''"P toned blue of the <"lcar expanse of hcaYen, in the li ~l i t
f the moon, tlien at th 1~ full, and :-;tt<"li as is s(·<·n in a n
Italian sky. The guides \\'ere motio11le...;s i11 tl1 c j•l"•fou~dest slumber. Beneath my fret lay tlw gaping- clt: t-'1 11,
· nd .t he wild solitude of the glacier, n:miwli11g me o f tiw
· CHANGED.

trightfol perils which we had just esraped.
. DIRECTION. -

Re-write t.he following pa.-;,;agcs, chan g in g t he

"'i:-c.~pression at pleasure, but retaiuing; carefully the

1. Soon the

mountain - t~>p

lll<'aILin g .

became a pyramid of go ld ;
-_i he delightful token that the rising sun , between wl1i,·l1
ancl lL'3 the monntain intervened, had redeenll'd i li l~
~ pledge given Ly his l1cpartiug rays.
2. I doubt rnuch whether the aYCr:..tgc Englishman, 1 •11
_- putting his reeo11cdions togethPr, would not say that t l 1r~
z."'- fresh-m own hay-fi<·1 d is the place where he has spc·n t ti1e
~ l:nost hours which he would like to live over again, tl 1e
~.. few~st which he would like to forgi't.
3. As children, we stnmb lc about the new-mown ha_v ,
revelling in the many colors of the prostrate gra.s,; an d
- wild flo~vers, and in the power of tumbling where we
please without liurti11~ our:-ieives.
__T

COMPOSITION.

OF

80

FI

n ST L E Sj3 0 NS I N C 0

~f

P 0 S IT I 0 N •

4. As small boys, we pelt one another, and the village school -g irl~, and our nurse-maids, and young-lady
cousi ns wi th the hay_. till, hot and weary, we retire to foa
or syl lalH1l1 lw1wath the s hade of :-;mnc g 1·l'.at oak or elm
Htanding up like a mu1mrd1 uuL of the fair pasture.
5. As big boys, we toil ambitiously \\·ith the spare
forks an<l rakes, or climb into the wagon and receive
with open arms the Jeliciom; load m; it is pikltcd up
from Lelow, and rise.<; higlier and higher n...., we ptl.SS
along the lo ng line of haycocks.
Non:. - The teacher may continu e cxcrc i,;es of thi~ kind at
discretion, selecting example-"! from the text- 1.iook:; in the hands
of the scholars.

VARIETY OF

DIRECTION . -Supply the proper \rnrd iu the following >1en'. tenccs :

1. The - - of punctuality is aeq uired 0111 y by being
punctual frv111 d ay tu day.
'.'.3. I hope you liavc already ac(1t1ired the - - of
ri s i n g e:-i r l y.
3. The foolish - - among chi ldren of' using s11perhtives in cxprcssiug their like:; and their dislike:;, soon
- Lecome::; liaLi tual .
~fake np two ;;cntenc0,.; , in one of whi eh
be correctiy u,;i·d; in tho utl1er, lw&it.

DIRECTION. ---~~ shall

EXAMPLE. NOTE. -

DIRECTION. -·Write a compo8ition of not le8s than ten sentences iJn cad1 of the follow in ~ :mlijt.Tti'I; and aft.er writing the
compo::;ition>1, re-write c::i.cli ,;c ntcncc, giving it a different form,
but retaining the sa me general meaning. ·

A drscription of some bridge.
A narrntivc of some adventure.
Somcth iug which I once rca(l in a book.
Some tli in~s which happened to me in childhood.
come things. which I expect in the ye.ars to come.

Sl

EXPRESSION.

('11st1mt

Sitcnce, stillness.

8ilenn: is applicable to per,,on,.;;

stiflner<.~

to th ings.

DIRECTION. - Fill the hlauk in e:u:h of tho fol1owi11g ;;rntcnces wi th the proper wurds:

1. The gcnLl crncn entcretl the room in profouuJ ---.
2. At midnight a solemn - - fills the air.
DIRECTIO~. -1\take up four "f ntence>1, in two of whi<'h _.;/,,nr·~

~sh all be correctly m;ed, an1l in two stiltne:i8 shall lie com:.:ctly U;<t••l.
"!__

~?_

........

--

: .~ E _XAivIPLE. -

.----

DL:scovrr, invent.

•

~OTE. ~\Ve cfocover what existed before, but was unknown;
wG' iiwent what is new.

D_IRECTION. - Fill the blank rn each of tlw follow in~ sen tences with the proper word:

SECTION VI. -Synonyms.
EXAMPLE. -

Custom, habit.

NOTE. - Oui<l om i,; thn.t which prod11 C('" !111!J1i .
d()illg a thin g r(',;11lh from the CW!iom of dui11g it.

· . -1. The man who - - the sewing-rnachine was a
The hribit of

2. The engineer vi clie Deiawarc aml lbrit.w C:111:d
F

~:(,.

--~~""""'t"'lt~ ·\,
..

82

F

urn T

L Es s 0 N 8

I N

c 0

~I

p 0 s I TI 0 N •

han - - an appa ratus for pulling boats through the locks
by steam .
·
;{. America was - - by Christopher Columbus in
l -HJ2.
DIRECTION. - Make up four sentences, in two of which diii·
cover shall be rightly used, and in Lwo invent shall be rightly used.

EXA)f PLE. -

Lucid, luminous.

NoTE. - A thiug i:; lucid when it i::; pervalle<l with light; it is
lumiiwu"1 when it tie nd:; forth light to oth er bodi es.

VARIETY OF EXPRESSION.

3. The Emperor Charles V . - - his throne.
4 . .The clerk on account of his uegligence is obliged
· . to - - his sit uati on.
·5 . How hard it is for a mother to - - her chilJ .
6. The heir very generously has - - all claim;; to
the property.
7. The guard - - his post, and went oycr to t lw
~nemy.

DIREITT'ION. -Make up two Rentcnces for each 0£ the foregoing
, words, using it in each Clllle according to it.8 appropriate m eaning

DmECTION. - Fill the blank in each of the follow ing sen- tences witli the prop er word:

1. The waters of Lake George arc so - - that you
can see the bottom at the dPpth of hYc nty fret.
2. The moon i::; at times so - - tlwt we cau read by
its light.
3 . No author is more - - than l\fa(·aulay; his realiloning is ma\1c <.:!ear to the mo:-;t on1inary apprehension.
DmECTION. -1\Iakc up fou r sentencr«, in two of which lucid
shall be used correctly, and i 11 two lu mi non.~ fl hall be used cor: .
r ectly.

EXAMPLE. -

nowncP,

rr~si.r;n,

EXAMPLES.-Altuinrnenls, acr1nircme:nf.c;, rpud~ficotionx.
DIRECTION. - Fill up the l1lank iu cacli of t lie fol luwi11 g
with th e ap prop ri; 1.te word:

:-<t'll-

...,_~_·_ tences

1. There is no duuht b ut that t he man li:t:-; am pie - for the office.
.. 2. His - - in Latin ant1 Greek are of the hi gl1est order.
.3. The vari ety of his - - fitted liim t.o shim; in any
Makeup tl 1rre ;;entrm·p;. for f':trh of tlw f<l!'r g•1i n"'
--words, using il i11 each case according tu it,~ apj>ropriate 111l'a11ing.

- _· DIRECTION: -

A l1ruufon, abdioafP, rlesrrf, forsake, re-

rcliJ.z.<JnLsh.

N OTE. - fn the e xampl e." whi ch follow. th e i<Cholar 'll10uld
consult th e rl ictio nary for the purpose o f learning the precise
meaning of th ese P.everal word:;.
DrnECTION. -

83

-. -EXAMPLES. -

DIRECTION. - Fill up the blank in each of the fUlluwiJJ g t1en~n ces with the appropriate wur<l :

-..1 . ·The rnau':; anger ::>oon sub:-;illed, an d he gave the

Fill the blank in each of the foilowing sentences·,

with the proper woi-d :

1. A y(nrnh man shou1<l - - nll intcrcmll'se with persons of low h:1hitc:.
2. 'fhe guilty wretch - - his design.

P11rrlo11,fn,.:;i1·1'?1r'ss.•

-

ffcnclers foll - - .

_ = -·

2. I beg - -

fur intermpting you.

=~~

DIRECTION. -

J\Jake u p tl1 rec ;.entem:Ps for each of the fore it in each ca.::;e accordi11g l0 it,,; appropriate

.(

~i.~

~

',''

...

84

lnRST

LESSONS

VAHIETY OF

IN COMPOSITION .

!Ronand, repeal.
Fill up the blank iu each of the following sen-

DrnECT10N. -

EXAMPLE. -

t ences with the proper word:

1. Tlicrc was a strong effort in the last Congress to
have the Internal Revenue Law - - .
' 2. The President ha::> - - our minister from Engbnd,
but has not - - any of his ads.
3 . EvNy man should be willing to - - bis errors,
when convincc<.1 of them.
-1. The order to advance was - - hy the superior
u fliccr .
5. He - - to-tby the op1mons which he asserted
with vehemc:ncc yc.-;kr<lay.

Short, l1rirj.

SENTE;NCES.-Tom

fJrief is tlie

liie

DIRECTION. -

Thumb

is a

short

man.

I low

vf man !
Make up sentences in thi;i <W ay fur each of the

follo wing pain; of wunlti.

1. Grcatuess, magnituJe.
2. \Veig-lit, heavim•s,,-;,
0. Healthy, saiubriotL'l.
4 . Youthful, jnv1•n ile.
5. Strong, powerful.
G. \Vcalth , opulence.
7. Sti tlc, suppress.
8. Pale, pall id_
9. Kill, 111nr1kr.
10. Kuni('i<·n t, e11011~h .

,

D urncTio:-> . - ~fake up three seutcnces for each of the foreg<> in g word:;, using it in each caHe according to its appropriate
meaning.

EXAMPLES. -

85 .

going words, m;ing it in each ca:-ie according to its appropri ate
meam ng:.

Abjure, recall, recant, discii,ow, coun·

EXAMPLES. -

EXPHESSION.

Active, assidnous, diligent, indiistri01.&\ __

!<iv m· io1ts.

ni ltECTION. - Fill up the blank in each of the follo wing sentences with the proper word:

EXAMPLE.

Make up three 11entence.'I for each of the

for~~ ~;

jJld

out.

Varied. -The light was e.1·ti11;;w'.8lil'd.

1 . Aft~r a - - search, I found the passage that you
referred to.
2. The conductor on a railroad needs to be a man of
- - habits, as mtid1 of his work has to be done
promptly.
:3. The - -·- pursuit of wealth throngh long years of
plodding industry had its natural rcwar<l.
4. Street- paving is a - - oceupation.
5. The Chinese are an - - p<·oplc.
DIRECTION. -

-The light was

,
DIRECTION.-Copy the following sentences, using ,.;ome ;.;yn" - onymous expressiom; in stead of tho,.;c printed in italics.

, _ ', 1. ·The country air tnviqoratcd them.
2. In .<Jecuwru~ nf retirement cvcryth i 11g

<li.'lpo.-;e.~ us to l 1e
.-- --_c:, serious.
3. The 1·eco!lection of tlic pa.c;t becomes dread fol tD a

:."guilty
__

man.

4. I have more than onec fotind .fanlt with tlw:-;e
eral r<jlections which ;;trike at 11atiu11s in lite groxs.
~

g'l' H~

.. 1:•

86

VAHIETY OF EXPRESSION.

PIRST L ESS O NS IN C OMPOSITION .

5. The coaC"hman ·was or<lere(l to driv~ to the railway
station with the utmost e.'Gpedition.

4. The starry heavens.
5. The country in spring.
DIRECTIO:N".

DIRECTION. - Copy the following sentence:;, selecting the most
t:1 uitable word, where two are given iu a parentliesit1, and omitting
the other.

1. \Vhi lc tl~ties of Italy were thns (adrn nei ng, progre~~ in g ) in their (career, cou1·sc) of improv crucnt, an
event h::i.ppened, the most (remarkab le, cxtraonlinary)
perhaps in the history of manki11d.
2. Th is event, instead of (retarding, stopping) the
(trading, eom lllen:ial) progress of the Ital iau::;, (made,
rendered) it more rapitl.
3. The (martial, warlike) spirit of the E uropeans, · ,
(heighfa:med, increased) and inflamed by rel igious ,(zeal,
fervor), (i nd uced, p;:ompte1l) thcn1 to attempt the (deliverance, reHcne) of the Holy Laud from the (government,
dominion) of the Infideb.
4. (G reat, vast) armies (composed, made np) of all the
(na t ions, ('Ountrics) in E uro p<', marched towards Asia
upo n that wild (e nterpr ise, exped it ion) .
5. The G1' nucsc, the Pis:rns, :rnd the Venetians (supplied, forni !:llicd) the tra.11sport-l"d1 ips which (carried, conveyed) them thither.
COMPOSITIONS.
Dnn: c~rroN . - Make up a.n outli ne of not less than 11ix topic!J
on· each of the following i:mbj cct..,;:

1. A canal boat.
2. A n evening party.
3 . A fishing excursion.

87

-\Vrite not

Jee;,;

than fifteen sen tences on eacL of

\·' the foregoing subject,;, after tliu outlin e ha,; liecn p repared, awl

,,-.

fots been approved by the teacher.

SECTION V II. - C opiousness.
. To THE TEACHER. - The object of the follow ing excrcis1•,; i'I
···.to cultivate copio usnes;;; of ex pre'lsiou . Hy us ing such excrci,;c"
· prope rly, two e n ds are gained; tli e sc1 1olar b1;·co 111 es rnurc (11>.-crvant of th e qua liti es of object.-i, aml he :;tores 11is llll'lllOry with lhll
' words needed fo r exprcs;;ing those quali ties. He in creases at
~: once his knowledge, and his power of expressing it.

»

-"'e may say of a f ore,st, it lei
dark, deep, g loomy, entangled, pathless, primevai,
EXAMPLE.

d <·ll:-'C',
lilil li -

: ·. habited, lon ely, mysterious.
DIRECTION . - \ Vsitc, in iike mann er, not le,;s than tBn tliiw.'.~
· which you can think of as a pp li cable tu each of the follu1ving

~:.· objects :

1. A tree in llie f~m·;.;L

2. The foliage of t IH~ tn•e.
3. The branches of tl1e tree.
4. The trnn k of t Ji(' t ree.
5. The bark of t:1C tree.

EXAMPLE. Th e sky is - serene, cloudy, stonny,
clear, overcast, misty, hazy, foggy, lowering, brigi1t. n~­
sple11dent, brilliant, blue, azure, r~<l, boundless, threat-

;.1'... ,

'-"';;1";:-:..\P
;{'!"
____ _,-."-.,!li!··a.·~"""'~:;,r.~ '.t_

L. ~

·I_'.

8K

FIRST

LESSONS

IN CO!lfPOSITION.

DrnEGTION . - \ \'rit e, in like manner, a;; ma11y things as you
ca11 tl1ink of (not ks:; than te u ) a..-i being applicable to eacl1 of
the following obj c\'ts:
1 . 'fl1 e t·lolltls .

5. Fire.

2. The f:-:tars .
3 . The g round .
4. Tlie horse.

0. Snow.
7. kc.
8. Hain .

N OT E. - No addi t inual e xamples under this h ead are given, ·
beca Hsc any one ca11 lllake Lhcm to any cxlcnt to 1mit himself.
Th e teacher Hlwul<.I purnue the method, selecting examples to
.;uit the deg ree o f a<.lvancement of the scholarn, until he has
c,;tabl i:; hcd in them a habit of attention t-0 the s ubject. When '
o nce a ::;cholar get..., in to the way of noticing accu ratd:-r whrttever ·
ht~ .~t't~":l, aml of t! 1i11ki11i; what word or words arc needed to express
exactly his n ot ions of th e sam e, both his k nowl c<lge and his
powe r of expres,;in g it wi ll gro w a puce.

PART
FIGURATIVE

I V.

EXPRESSION.

C HAPTER I.
COW POSITIONS.
DrnE<"f JO:->. -

SIM I LE.

t le,;s t han six topics

on each of th e fol

_ EXAMPLE, - T'alkati\·l' persons are like nnpty h:H'. eels; the le<:>s there is in tlicrn, tlic more noise they makL

1. A voyaµ;c to th e moon .
2.
3.
4.
5.

A dcseri pt ion nf a s now-storm.
A dcscri pt ion of i;o111 c moun ta in.
A dcscripti011 of a larg-e public lrn ilding.
A description of some river that you have seen or

read about.
DIRECTION". - \Vrite a compo::; itio11 ,,f nnt !""''"'than fifteen sen· .
tcnc·t·::; on each of the foregoing "u bjrcts, afte r the outline has . =
been p re pared, and has been approved by the teach er.

. NOTE l. - Jfcrc talkative J1 f i'80 ll.S anJ e11111l!J <'11unI, ar« <'<•ill 'parc<l. Tl1 e word which cxp rc.-;,;cs the comparison i;; !i/.- 1•. T \, ,.
point of the compari:;oll iti that tliPy butli n1ake a 1111 i'"' " i11 J>r•iporti on to their crnptine;.;s. \Vh cn thinf!:" ar(• thus compan·d , w ..
~av there is a ,C.,'imile. The words commonly useJ to expre,,-;
,_ si~ile are like, a~~. as - so, <i.:; - such, etc. :-;(11H(·Li lll l'S a q·rli i.-;
· used; as, "Talkati vc pt·r,;ons rl'-'Cmble empty barrels."
NOTE 2. - The point oftlic compar i,.;on is not alway .~ exi• r"""'"l.
a case, t.he scholar must think it Ollt, an•l CXpr•·,.;~ it in
bis own langu a>'~ · Tim,;: "Bunk,; f1lr th(~ 111ind arn lik•: f,,,,d 1;,r
the body." Here the point of tl1c comparison i;.; tli aL Ji1,tl1 fur·
nish nourishment. lJook:; nUUl'Uh the filill<l , I\.'\ food /IU/ll"i 8 /1 (.< tb\J

tn such

body.

\

8*

811

ef..

i'.r

-........

,;

90

I<'lHST

LESSONS IN COMP081TIO N.

My doctrine s hall drop as the rain.
Analys'is. - l'he things compared arc doctrine and rain.
The comparif'on is expressed by as. The point of the ·
EXA?IIPJ,E . -

('Omparison is that both come dowll gently and in a great ,
mauy minute portions.
Drn.Er.noN. - Copy the followin;; Simi)cs, and analyze each,
as is done iu the forcgo i ng; exam ['le. I f the point of the compa ri~on it1 Hot expre:;scd, fin<l out what it is, and express it in .
your ow11 wordt1.

NoTE. -The teacher will have to give young beg inners some ·
h elp in fin<lin~ out the point of a compari;;on, when it is not
.c xprc:;sed. Thi,; help oho uld uc g i\·l·11 liy talki11g witl1 the pupils
on the sul!j ect, until they sec the poin t, an<l thcu leaving them to
c xpreso it witho ut help.

1. G ratcfnl persons rcsemlile ferti le fields, which always repay nwn~ than they r ecei Ye.
2. The 111i11<1 of a yon ng- p('r"on is 1i kc soft wa~.
~t Prosperity is like sunshine, brig-ht and Hecting.
4 . The Dible resemble.-.; a mirn·; the more deeply you
::;carch into it, the ri cher will be tlie treasures ·which yot1
bring forth .
5. l\ly \\' 1_mL; t:liall l1isti1 as the l1ew.

]'.iX:AMPLE. -Subjects-

A ch ild :1tld an April shower.

S iuiile. -The troubl es of a chil<1 arc like an April
sho wer.
Both arc of brie f dura! ion.
Both alternate
rapidly with their oppos ites. The rain and sunshine
come and go over the lan<1scape; so do tears and smiles :'~
over the face of childhood .
DrnECTrON. - ~I:ike up a Simile for c:i.ch of the following
pairs of sul~jects, and in each expres!:l as fully as you can tho. ·
point. of the compari:;on :

Fl G lillATI\'E

EXPRESSION.

91

1. Death and sunset.
2. Old age and winter.
3.
4.
5. '
G.
7.

·,

Misfortunes an<l douds.
An infant :im1 a flower.
Lauguagc and u mirror.
Hopv and tlw murniug ;;tar.
The wings of a bin1 and the sails of n. ship.

DIRECTION . -:Make up a Si.mile for each of the followiug- sub.jects, telling what it is like, or what it re:-1emule::1:

1. An in<lu~t rious man. 2 . .An angry man. :). Tl1u
of a child . 4 . Obtaining the resulb uf vnl''s

5. Youth.

6. L ifo.

7. Habit.

COMPOSITIONS.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

~

Pro<:'rnf'tinatinn.

Tli l' l()n~ pf cuu11try.
Uwluc lon.! ~Jf dre:-<s.
T h e formation of liahit...;.
The improvement of t ime.

DIRECTION. -:\lake up not le:;s than fifteen sentt>ncP" on !'. • i"'rJ
of the foregoiug snbjcct.'l, after t he outline l1as lwt'11 made, a :H1
has been approved by the teacher. Let each ~ompuHition coutain
at least two i:;iUJil~"·

'·

. '\

'.·.

• ,'t

!~

/

FfGTJRATIVE EXPRESSION .

93

Drni::crroN. - C hange the following Similes in to Metaphor:;;

1. Heaven is to the Ch ristian like home, the place

CH APTER

1 I.

META P HOR.

Rx AJ\f PLE . -

Idlcne...;s i...; the rnst of th e so ul.

KOT E 1 . - lI ere ther e i,; a cnm pari:<<rn, lrn t the co mparison is ,
not lllaJe in a formal mannn. The meani ng is th a t idfr1u ss has
the sam e dll:tt upon the :-;oul that rtt-'l has upon iron. Idl e n ess ~
an<l rust a re a.-;,; trn1 r <l to be s1> Hill ch a like Lliat wh at is t rue of one
is affirlll cd of the other wi Lhou t stopping to mak e the fo rm.al
crm1pari:-<n 11. \Vh en a likcuc,;,; is tbu,; a:<,;u med, 11·ithout being _
(' XprrssC'd iu f\mn, iti,, c:-tlled a Jlfeta1ilw r.

toward whi ch hi::; asp iratio ns a nd his atfrctiu11s cotht:.w tly
point.
2. LoYC resemLlrs ti re im<ldcn blaze of a fin.: ; friend.,,~ ~hip, the ,.;tca11y rays of the su11.
3. The ;,;p ider's web i;,; like a <.;Ord, i8 like a cable. com ·
pared to man's s lender hold of earthly bliss.
. 4. lkavrn ly love is like a ladder on which men (']in 1b
up to a likeness wi th GoJ.
5. Night, even in the zen ith of her ,fark do111ain, L:-:
but as sunshin e, comparecl to t he color of' my fat< ·.

1

~ ' oT.E :2. - A :O.Ictaphor may be chaug<'d into a ~im il e, and al~o
in to phLiu language, containing n eith er metaphor nor simile.

Thu::1 :
Jl/et1111 lwr. -

Idl cncs,; i,; t he ru ,;t of th e soul.

,<.'i111itc. - As rnst i:-i to iron , ~o is idl e nrs,; to the soul, taki11g
away its streng-th a nd p(111·cr of rr,.; i,.;t;111cc.

NOTE. -O ften a metapl1or is ex prc;;;;ed by a :-iin 1;lc word , a.
noun,1an adj ective, or a verb, th e rest of th e wnrd:-1 in tli e senten ce being pl:lin, a nd tah' n in th e ir ordi na ry accq1tatio11. T l 1u.• :
"The 80/lrness of he r <li,;position;" that i::> , so me <]Uali 1y i11 h1· r
disposition which is lik e tht~ s<inrn es,; of certain material ollj<'l'h .
" Golcleu corn;" that i,;, corn ha1' in g ft colur lik e tl1at of g-1.id .
! ' Inflauu~d wi t h a nger;" that i:<, affected uy anµ: er i n a rnaunN
like to th a t of a material s ub,.; tance whi ch i:s in fiam (',.; .
,DrREC'TIOX. -

1. 001:·;-ocling cares.
2. The head of the class.
3 . A :,;hip Flonghing the ocea11.

l'!riin. - Idl en e:-;s takc1-1 away fro m t h e l'loul ib ;;trengtli and ·
po wer of re.-;i:-;tance.
DrnECTION . -

Change the following exp rc~s iun ,-, from 1n l'la -

phorical language to plain language :

Copy the followini; sentences rontai ning meta ..

4 . Fid<ls smilin_r; with fntility.
5. liis m other'.-; tleat h was a l1ca \'\' l1lo11:.

phor:<; :rnd ('hangr cnch, fir;;t into a ;;imilc, and tlteu iuto plain , la11g11aµ;c without metaphor or sim ile :

'
1. Th e Lo)'(l is a tower of d<'f'<'!l<'(' tn J1i;; people.
- , _DIRECT ION . -Clrnnge the fo ll owing expres:sion>1 from plain tn
2 . The 8un;;et of hi:-; life wa;; nn e of tlllC"lo11ded serenity.
-_ metaplwrical. The word~ in bracket;igive.a clue to the mdapl11H
======--.:iiltcn dcd.
3 . The l o\'C of moncv is th e rno t of :ti I ('Vil.
4 . TIH~ wi<"kcJ man :-:hall reap till: fruiL 1d" Ii i:,; mi:,;deeJs.
1. ....\ soil needing moistur" [ t!1 i r~tJ.
5. Books arc a fountai n of knowlodgc.
2. Time passes unperceived rtread, step] .

U2

'' ·

94

F I H. ST L ES 8 0 NS

I N C 0 M PO S IT I ON ,

3. Ile has an ea.s y life [stream, smooth].
4. Ignornnce will cease [ douJ, roll away J.
5. Tlie <:aunou made a great noise [thunder].
DIRECTION. - l\Iake up a sentence coutaiuiug a metaphor,
about each of the fullowiug suLje'tt::i:

1. Riche.-;.
2. Anger.
3. The tont,ruc.

<1. Beauty.
5. O ld age.

6. Childhood.

CHAPTER

III.

METONYMY.

COl\IPOSITIONS.
DrnEcrroN. - Make a composition of not less than fifteen
8~ntences on each of the following subjects, and in each composi·
t1011 use at least one Metaphor and one Simile :
·
.

1 . .My opposite neig hbor.

2. Pm;sy's counsels to lH't' kittcn8.
3. \Vh:l.t I saw in the mermaids' cavern.
4. A ~ irl 's advice to her dolly hdorc sending
school.
5. The hcn't> advice to her chickens before
into the field.

EXAMPLE. -The

boll& was the camie of thi:-; m21n's

·. , NOTE 1. - Here the meaning is that what is contained in t!te
·• bottle, that i::;, intoxicating liquor, caused the man's rni11. Tl1t'
. container is used for the thing ~ontained. A ch:i.ng-e lih tlti, i."'
called a A!eto11ymy. l\Ieto nymy means a change of mrnw l t j ...
calling a thi11g, not by its own nam e, but by the 11a111t~ q( ""11w·
·· thing else with which it is connected.
.. NOTE

2. - The principal l\fotonymies are the following:

'I. Container for th in g contained.

: 2. Cause for effect: "The letter is written in a beautiful luznd; "

' is, "handwril-ing."
that

. 3. Effect for camw: "i\Ian shall live by the sweat of his hrow:"
,_ that is, by the labor which causes sweat.
- .. 4.- Sign for thing signified: ''He assumed the 8r:1ptr1~;" that i"' ,
: -the" s01,ereig11ty.

I have been reading 8/wke.<:pmrc.
Plain. - I have been reading Shakespeare's writi11.~-'>·
EXAMPLE. -

- DIRECTION. - Copy the foilowi11g se11tene(\-1, mark inf!. tlit
znetonymy in each, and then writing the sentence over ag:un,
-changing it to plain language:

--·-~"'··:~'f-.J
9()

FIHST

LESSONS

IN CO:\!l'Ot;ITION .

1. T he kettle boi ls.
The chair decides.
:L He srn oktti h is p ipe.
·J

-1. The m:in has a long- purse.
5. Napoleon assumed the purple.
6. The pulpit e ve rywhere is the ad vocate of
pen111<·e.
Durncrro~.
~o

- Chauge the langtrnge of the follo wing f:len tences --

a:-; to i11t rod ucc a lllf:to nymy i nto each:

1. Tlie 111t·11 \\'n< ~ ii ,...,<>·ht i1w
fi1r rlwi r iin me.-;
b
reli gio n .
2. LitNat111·c l1as a rn ig l1ty i11fl 11 l'nce in pnhi ic nffofrs. :_
3 . ,Jll(l ;:;l's and la\\'yc rs n n itcd i11 (·nn<l r·111natio11 of the
pr:idil'C.

4. A.t the prcs<· nt <hy, thr- ll C\\·spa pcr is a power in

bnd .
5. 0 Id n.gc

sho11 ld lH~ tn·ate<l

tl1e

wit li n:vcrell<"('.

DrREcrro~. - Mak e up a se nte nc e rnntaini11 g a 111cto11ymy,.:tht>Ut ea ch of th e foll o1Yi11g subjects:

1. Yotiug.
2. Th<· k i n~ly ofli,.\._

4. ·war.
!J. «;t\'alrr and infantry.

3. The P rl'si drntial

G. 1>opular ed ncaLion .

01Ii1·<'.

CHAPTER IV.
S

Y N EC D 0 C H E.

TlH· ;-111)t'J'i11t('11<1('n f n ·p"rk• i that lie
- would need fi.y e lwwls [ men] more to get the work dl11l\..'
·~· in ti lllC.
F::XA11fPLE. -

NOTE. - JTr1111l H hen: n"e<l for 11111.11, :t p:Ht f., r th1· " Ji.,lt;,
\\'h\'n a parl i,; tl11h u,.;"d ft•r th1: \\llllk, "r th..: \\'l111 1L· tiir :L j•art,
it is e:dlt-tl :<y11c1·1/()i'/1,_..

· DIRECTIO:-<. - C()py th e Ji, ll.. \\ ii\I..'. s1•ntcnces,.marking in ,·:tch
·ca,;e the wo rd 1h1·d a:-1 a S.Ynec<l<1ci1c, and i11,.crti11;.:: afll'r iL in
brackets t.he wurd i; •I' \I l1 ich ; L i,; u:-;('d .

1. He a b jun·d al l ro,,f'.;;, :rnd d \\elt i11 tlH· i;)n ·st.
. 2. T1 1e c< 1lt will he tlin·<: y(·ars old next g rass.
0

3.
COl\IPOSITI 0 XS.

The sailor's home is on the wave.
4. From ~01 nc poi u b on t he II ud son fift .\·

:-o:t i I (':t t1

1.11.:

ECPn nt 01]('(',

· 5. He w a:;
1. The horro rs of war.
2. Reading t l1 e lll~ wsp:ip cr .
::L The adva n t~ 1 ges of reading poetry.
·±. Things tu 111• observed in com·\·rs:ttion .
5. l\fodc·~ of tra\'cl in diffrrcnt ag<''i of the Wi>rl d .

a11

old man of eig hty

\ \·int cr:'l.

DIRECTION. - C'l1angc the follo "·ing :-;cn t..cncc:-i
dnce a ~ y n e1·, l 1>l'l :1 · i11t11 ,· :tch :

~~~~~~"'""',.,.,·" 1. A ship '.va;.: sc<·n :it a (1istancc.
2. 1Iy !to11sc· sl1ail :tl\\·ayc ::;lwlkr yon.
-3. 8l1e was a 11widt:ll of :oi.xt<'c11 yr·ars.

:;o

a;; to intre>-

.;:.,.

98

FIRST LESSONS IN

...

C OMPOSITION. /

4. There were ·ixt h
.
5 Th
. :-, , y or~emc u attached to th ,.. .
.
ere ·were oue h d 1. I
e rcot
.1
un ec and t wenty
· ..ww
1...;
urove.
· cattl e m

COMPOSITIONS.
Make u
t
.
'
P no less th
"
each of the followi11•r "Ul>•i · 1..
.1
an
twenty sentences ab!•
o v
Jee~ :m o.
. k .. 1 . .
Metaphors, 1\Ietonvn1ie.:l
s'
m.1r \\It l Italics any Sim"·
·
, or . , yn ecdoches that )'Ou may use.
.
DIREC'fION. -

1. The un1)ort..unc·
· c o f conuuerct'
2. The import..uut:c of acrricultu;:c
3. The pleasure~ of sd 1~ol Jif
.
4 Tl
c.
.
ie vexatio11::; of ::;chool l1'f'.
r..
'l"'l
c.
<>.
le ad van ta<r~ of a
I
<l

ed uc.ated.

b

CHAPTER V.
INTERROGATION.

.

gocth a warfare at any time at

·
u C< ucate person over one not
NOTE 1. - Thi!-! que,,tion j,, not for th e sake of getti ng an
an11wer, or of learning anything on th e subj ect, but a:< an
!D~p'hatic way of saying that one who enter:; military Hen-ice
pects to have at leru:it hi:; expenses paiJ. It is a thing that
mits of no question . \V ho ever h eard of it:> being otherwbe?
en a que.<ition iti thus u.<iked, not for the purpose of getting an
:nswer, but as a mean!-! of cxpre:;sing one':; opinion more strongly,
. the figure is called Interrogation.
:N°OTE 2. -A n egative Interrogation affirms. "Am I not an
apostle?" means, I am an apostle. On the other hand, an afti rmative Interrogation deni es. " Wh o h ath belie ved our report?"
m~ans, No OllC ha::1 beli eved our report.

DIRECTION, - Copy the following Interrogations, anJ after
' eaoh.. write it changed to plain language :

, 1. Do we provoke the Lord to j ealousy? Ar<:' we
stronger than he?
2. Who planteth a vineyard, and eatcth not of the
fi::uit of the vineyard? · \Vho feedeth a flock, and eateth
riot of the milk of the flock ?
'· .3. . Have I not seen J esus Christ our Lord? Are not
99

·.

J 00

FIRST LESSO N'S

IX

CO ~£ POSI'rI O N .

4. ·w ho shall lay anyth~ng to the charge of
dl'\'t? " 'ho sl1all separate u;; from the love of Chrii;tt ·
~l1all tribul a tion, or' dist.re.-;.-;, or pcr:;eention,
or 11:d.::c<.l ncs;;, or pvril, ur swonl?
5.
Is this tl 1c11 worst,
Tlllls sitting, tlitts cons:.l lting, tl1us iu :.mw:>?
DrrtECT I O~ . - \\rritc a ,.;pnlc11ce, cxp re;;sing a very strong M.
lll'ci11ed 01iin i011 :11io1 1t l':tl'h of the following :>ubjects, but puttitJ
yrmr opinion i11lo lltc f11rm of an Interrognl.io n:

CHAPTER VI.

1. _.\_ Jq ,·e fu r l10mc.
PERSON 1 F l C ATION .

2. The ;-;in of lying.

3. The existen('e of Goe
4. Tlie imm orta li ty of the soul.
5. The inunc nsity uf' the universe.
-- -">-1: ~-: v - --

CO:\lPOSlT10NS.

"The mountains sing together, the hills
rejo·ice, and clap their hands."
EXAMPLE. -

NoTE. - Herc it j,, n"t ni eant literally that the mountain s .•i:1;1.
tbat the hills ri:join: anti c111p th eir h l/11rl:<. TlH'"C arc act~ wlu c!t
e.nn' be perfornw•1 hy pcr,;ons only, and nul_ l:y mfn_rntarn,; and
bills. When any t hin g which belongs. to 11vrng thlllg,,; L)lily 1_>:1
-~ '\bus attribute<l to inanimate oLj ects, the fi g ure i" cal led I'ers 1Jllt-

fication.
DIRECTION._ Copy th e follo wing sentences, marking in each
the word or words whid1 indicate per,,onification.

1. The Su(';r, C anal.
2. Tl1c U 11 If' Si n·:un .
:3. The Pa<·ifi<· H.ailro:::ul.
4. Tl1<! J\ tla11t ic Telegra ph.

5. D iff(: rc1wc hct\\"een Sp rin g an<l Fall.
G. Diffcre11('C Letwcen S ummer and \Vinter.

1 .. Nature sig hin g , tl1ro11gh all lier works, gave sign'>

of woe.

2. The wilderness and the sol itary ph<'c shall be ~l.. td .

.3. The voice of t hy brother's hlootl cri etli unto me

from

the ground .
. .
4. When summer reigns, the flowers r cJOice.
Full many a flower i::1 bor~1 to blush unseen.

o.'

DIRECTION._ Ch a np;e t11e following sentences, introducing
)> rsonification into ea ch :

1. 'There was a pestilence in the laud.
9*

101

!\

102

FIRST LESSONS

I~

r

CO~fPOSITI ON .

nttended .
7. Some account uf tl 1c oldest person I cn :r knew.
8. A dC's('ripti on of a :;11ow-stor111 .
9. Son)c of th e rules of behavior wh ich a young iwr-

DIRECTfO.N'. -,.\f ake u p a ,.;entence aliout each of the following
!'illhjects, and i11t rod nce a pe r"onificat.inn into ench .;eutence:.

4. T he su n.

2. Ikatli.
3! D isea.se.

5. The moon.
6. The tide.

COMPOSTTIO~

'.

:'llak e np not le,;,; tha u twenty sentences about
each of the following suLject.-;, and mark with italics any Similes,
.Metaphor · or other tig ure:i that you m:ty use :
DIRECTJO:"'. -

'A ir castles.
Jo hn Ch iuaman.
The com ing man .
The luu~ sunHH('r days.
Tlic long w inte r 11ig-lits.
The character of the A111Pr i<"a11 Ind ian.

1.
2.
3.
wiLh

\Vha ~ intell(l to d o next vacation .
\Vha.t did la."t vacation.
A 11 hour in Holl _vwootl [or any other cemetery
which the pupil is familiar] .

11n

4. 1:-; t rave1ling by railr1'.Jad, or travc11ing hy steam - boat, most agrrra 1>1<·?
5. Tl 1l' plea::;urL·,.; uC 1ne111ory .
6. \Vhat I can recollect of the first sc11ool that I

2. The waters came down over t he
overwhelming for('e.
3 . The ma n has immense wealth .
4. There was a violent storm on the ocean.
5. 'fi1C lu<.:omoti vc went OYcr tlie embankment, and ·
:,;cnt forth a tcrr i fie noise as it fol I i 11 to the abyss.

l. Ti me.

E I t~ 0}; IF I(::\ T 1 0 N .

....

~

~"-

-~=-=~---

JC;(>]'}

ld c.l!,.:C'l'\'!' .
H.dl('dio11:-; :cttit ;thl(• t(,r orw\ \,irtitday.

'-'! 1011

0•
11.
12.
1;3.
1

.l

Hdb:tiu11:; ::;uitaule for Cliri:-;tma.:-;.
Thi11t;;.; wliid1 are a 11indra11n· to :-;tu(ly. ~
Is the country lliOre beautiful in :-;prlllg, vr rn

autumn "?
14. Is the city, or the country, mo:-;t <k:-; i rablt~ 1;n· a
n·:-;idenn• '!
15. T lie ph:a:;urc
COii vcrsatio11 .
16. Uses of t he orcan .
17. Os(•s of t he 111 011n tai 11s.
18. Tl 1on!.'.lit:-; :-;1 1g-t'.·t•:-;tl'd ],.,. lnoki11g- up into th\' :-;tarr:·

or

heavens.
19. A <le:-wription of my hirthplace.
20. A tleseript ion of a marriage ceremony \\'hicli I
. 1\jl'(' \\·it 1
1!'"-''"l.
21. l\.c('1ilkdiu1i:; o!' an en·11inf.; party.
22. The i 111 purtance vf pcrsc\·erauce.
23 ..My fir~t sd1vol-hook .
2-±. Tltc c\·il s of (·:m·l1·ssncs,.:.
25. A i1i:-;torv of 11 1\" pds.
26. D ini·n·11;'f' lwt~n·c11 th e two disciples, Jolin and
Peter.
27 . Diffe rrncc between ~loses an<l Joshua.
28. So1\ll' of the c han~(·s that \Vi ll iarll Penn 111 ight
notice, wcn· lie now to vi:"lit Phi lade! phia.
-'!; ..
~·\'

~~~~

..

·,

' .

104

i .

100

F.if HST LESSO N S IN CO llI POSITION .

PER80.t\1FICAT10N.

29·. Som« of the eh:rngt•s · t hat Hend rick H udiion
1ui ~ lit not i<'<', were lie no w to sail up the H udson.
:30. Gul•;-;,.;e:; at ,,-!tat one lllay see i11 tl1c year 1900.
3 1. ls it d c:;ira b lc that large numbers of the Chinese
Hiiould sett!<· in this co un try"?
·

5'1. L ifo in tlic mnn nbin:::.
55. What I kn ow about Egypt.
56. L ifo in a coal mi11e.
57 ..My rn otto, aml wll at it means.
58. \Vhat tlw 1nau in the moon sec:; when he p:t-""':-'
oV"er our place.
59. Blowing snap-lmbhl cs. ,
'. 60. The aLlva11tages of being a gootl penman .
, 61. The dfoct of scenery u pon nati onal eharader.
1" 62. Means by whid1 a Ion; of cou ntry rnay lx' pro·
'· mote<.l.
• 63. Ho w to make children f()lld of home.
64. Dntics wh ich I owe tu my father a11d nwtlit•r.
, .- 65. Thi 1ws
,.., to be oLserYc<l in the interco urse lwt\l·l'\ 't>
~brother:,; a nd ;-;i;-;te rs.
.- 66. Thi11gs to Le oLserve<l by sd10lars in thl'ir w:iy l• •
., 'and from' school.
; · 67. A. (lcserip t ion of tlw hottest llay that I 1·a11 l'L', member, and wha t we tl id to kcl'p 011 rsC'1 ves CO• >I.
68. A . t1eseription of the ('\)l\1vst day tli at I can n ··1)1embcr, and what we did to kee p ourselves warm .
.. 69. The <liflcrcnt kimb of fur w:>cll, and where they
''come from.
1
'." : · ,70. How camllcs arc made.
71. l\:Ianners and eustomFJ among the Chinc,.;c [or any
· other foreign nation].
72. D ifferent k_imls of lace, where and how ma<l e.
73. Waiting for som.ethirw tO turn np.
7 4. ls ~~-~ir iton ii)rorf. fo1po ., nt to ioJlap,~indJ
75. otteri es at church fair~ .
76. The influence of e ireus exhibitions.
' 77. An excnr::>io11 oy steamboat on the Potomac Lor
·'any other river with whieh the scholar is fa1niliarj.

32. Is a fondue.-;:; fo r flo \l'l'rs, or a fondness for hirds,
mo:-:;t to be cultivatctl by th e young'?
33. The ev ils of a qua rrc bome d ispos ition.
:34. Some of the miseries of school-lite.
35. My foxorite game, and what I have to
dcfo11ee.
36. Mv
_, first
.
her].

37 . ·w hat the ericket on the hearth told me one ev~~- ..
i11g, whe11 wc were all a lone together.
. ...
:38 . Ad rnntag;es of study ing history.
39. Sou r('e of anxiety to one who lives by farmiiw.
'lO. What kind of Jifo ,dfonb the greate~t promi~e o~
h:q>pllll't>S °?

cl 1. A d e."wription of my home.
42. An :t<·<·<1tlllt of t he town or place I live in.
4:3. A h isto ry of my skates.
44. A history ·of my work-ha.c;ket.
45 . Our old family clock.
46 . \Vhat I saw at the fair.
47 . 1\:Iy grandfather's watch.
48 . \ Vhi ch profe.'-sion <.lo you thi 1;k most desirable?
49 . Ho w tu travel, so as to get th e g reatest benefit and ·.
pleasure from it.
·

50. The miser and t he spenclthrift.
51. Ra iuy Sat urdays.
52. "When and how I lrarn my lef:lsons.
53. The treatment of t he I ndi~11s by the white men. ..

1

I .

' .;

'l

106

FI H ~ T

LE SS 0 NS

I~ C () ~[ P 0 S IT I 0 N ,

78 . A jou!'lll')' by rai lroa<1 frum C'hicag (I to Dnlmque
[or nny utl1er ruute witli wliiclt tk: sc holar i.:; familiar].
7U. :::lo111e ot' the d i,.;<·011dt>rts of tran!l.
80. Im port;llt<·e ur lia \' i ni; a guo<1 memory, and means
of improving it.
81. i:)(111ie of t ltc plc:i,.;nr<'s of tran~ lling on fout..
,
82. lmporta11ct: of e ultivati11 g a talent fo r eonversa-.-

tio11 .
83. An
ti rst wr•ek o t ie term.
8,1. T he experiences of a pen11y, as related by itself, fo _""
the littl e girl who holds it ill her hnn<l .
8:3 . A d
. li t 'n'cn two dollie::;, l.Iinnie
B11..,a 11 , :1l1011t tliei r · i~he r.
0
SG. A
ct wN·n t ,,.o boy:-, .Ta mrs nnd William,
aLuut the
we o am11:-;cmt·11h; .J ames arg11ing for fishi1111·
,...., :111 <1 \Vi lli:1m arir ning for :-:k:i ti11g.
87 . A
' tween two girl,_;, Emnia a11 a Lucy,

v.

PA RT
STY LE.

CHAPTER I.
CLEAf1N ESS

al1u11t tlie <· 1u11·( • of st 11dies ; E1 11111a :1rg11it1g 1;11· gTalllm:tr,

:ind L \l('Y fo r hi :-:to ry .
R8 . A <flt ogtie etwccn t\\·o ff':t<·li£" r:-: al1q11t
of ,.;('hob rs; on( • pr<'forri11g to tl';l<'l1 hP)'>-', :rnd tlic

CASE I. -

prdcr rill g i'> ka<"li g irl~.
"--.

EXAMPLE._

Po:siLion of Adv e 1· \js.

By gr<'atncss, T do not only

rnca11 t lw

· .,· bulk of any sing le object, l>ut tie
l Iarge nc:;:; of a wl1olc
view .

rt·)
:Here II 1Jnlv " i;; :oo 1•bce1_l :1,.; I<> n·f; ·r to tiH' "·nrc l •I m ea11. "
·
•
t
l
J
)\.'
·
the
author
1111
,::i.n'
- . n"turallv raise::; the cp1t' ,;tion , w 1ia e "'e_ i .:;
.
. I
l .
..
~
,.
'
J
• }
l . . ' H l' \\'I" l l ., ' "
. But that cY iul'11tly i,; not what h1_; w1,; i e1 to "a),;
·!· l . .. . . "
.
•
II
..
vlc OUJCCt ,, a.1H1 a \\ l\I \_; \ I \ \ \ .
· ,,
di;;crimmate lid wP.cn a stn,.,
·
..
.
a.-, to 1Jflll,.,
Th' e a d ver b" v11 1,·, ,, ·,;houlJ U<.; ,;o ['l<lccd, t.l_1c rc10re,
.
r
" 1 · 't:t "
'

.

. t

:rn J that is done hv plac in g i t a1ler

l;

O.l!G

out thrn po rn ' ,
. . ti I l k vf ·wy ;;i1wle ol1jcct
•. "By g r eatn e:;,; r du n ut mean IC )
'
,.,
.
:
'
.
"
• . but the largene;;;; of a whole Vl CW .
107

.

1J1tl!f,

108

FIRST

LE SS ONS

I~ C OMPO S TTION

STY LI<_;.

l(J~)

Tli c rul e, in ii uc h (':1.':le:i, is to pla e0 th e ·uh
.
Llc to tltc word o r 11·o rds whi ·I .t . . • erb as n ea r as possi.
.
c l 1 Is rnte ndi>d to de· .
t
Ill sud1 a positi on thnt it can11ot \\.l' ll 'ue
· hk0
- n t d ~ 1gna
e, and
·
other \rnrd or word;;.
•
o es1g nate any

fo1lo11·in g !i11 t•,; w0rc written for hi,; own am u :-10 m cnt, by an r;; 11
teen1 ed fri e11d, who ha:; lain in Jii;; g rave fo url\.'e n ye;tr:-1.
Th e rule fo r the po:-;ition of a clatbc, in :; nch c1::;e'." 1 i::; th e sam e
as for th e p o,; itio n qf an ath· er b. l'laee th e d a the a." n ea r ;i,;
pos:-1ilile to th e 11·0 nl or word,; to whi ch it refe r;; , and i11 ~u<:h fl

DlltECT W:->. -Coj>vth
.·
•
·'
c f.JI
u 011111g
SC !l( t' ll Cl'S cha
.
.
case, the po~ itiu11 of th e aJ1·"1.1. .0 . .
.
'
.
11g
1ng,
in each . ':i~~~~~
·
·
" u, " ,L.., 1\1 1n·1kc
• · th c 1nca11111ir
l' l"tr
·
0 more - -~
I • · '·~Ii c1w ' 111
e ac 1l cii...;e, wh at ot ll\·r 11 ,. ·
. .
·
t hat int0nded could be jlllt
J
ie.m1ng, J1f1 erent from

po::; ition that it ca1111ut well 1Je m:nle t o refe r to a1tythi11 µ: cl,;1:.

'

II JlOll

t

IC SC ll ( l' ll Ce .

1. It i:; by ltlln t ing aud fisliin g th ·1t tl . I

1;ubs is t.

'

2. I mere JY lOpied the rules . l f

ample:; also.

'

1e

1·

IH 1a ns c

l.
nefly

D1 1tEITIO :-; . -Col' )' tl\\' j(,]lowi11g ,;e11lL' ll l'<''"', d1a11gillf!'. i11 c·ac li
ca,;e 1 tile 1111,.;i tion uf >'<>11tl' da11,.;e 1 ,;o a.-; t11 111a kl' Lln· 111 1 · a11in~
m o re clea r. Show , i11 each l:a;; ',what utli1·r 11 1(·ani11)!, dil k n:11 t
from th11t intcmkd, could be put upon the :;e ntence.

1. Th e mt: n of t11at day painted tlieir fa('es, as well ;1:-1

urgot to copy the cx-

3 . Tl ll: t•:acl!l'r Olli)· cx1>lai11ed ti
_,
ie n 1t:t IHJ(1 o f· recit'
to t Iic Jower da:;:;c•s.
mg
·1. J n e ver cx pevt to be an\(f{aJl er th a 11 I.
- C )'f ·
·
am now
D.
a t o n11:..1. n ut ouly produce::; iruld iu . lJ . .
Lut t 1uicksilver a bu.
o
,l undance,
D 11:1.:c T1ox . - Finu or m·i.ke
fi
' rliich the m eanimr i,., :ih:;c ur~J i . 1;~· ,.c. Hent~nces, in each of
. ·] ·
"
.
uy VtlC lllli;j)h CI IW of
d
.llll rn each ca::ie re-wri te ti
.
:
o
an a verb;
ie senten ce, p lacrng the adverb corr ectly.

th e wrnn en .
2 . .1 \\'onl1l lik e th e <·onL('n'g<1t io11 to be :-\tatl'd, as I
wish to :-\:l)' a l( ·w \\'Ord s, lwl"ore I lic·!.!;in.
3. ] fe \\' ( •Jlt to to\\'11, <1riving a Hock of ,.;lteep bcJ(>r1~

him, on horseback .
4 . I J'('llll'111ber wh en the D uk e Alexis \\·a.-; in l'l1iladelpl1ia readin g in the Lcdgl' r tha t tl1c \\·cathl'r \\· : i.-;

fine .
5. \Va11tcd, a room fu r a sing le gc11tlema 11 , t\n:lve J(;ct

UI1 COll111\0llly

long and eight foot witle.
DIHECTIO::". -

FinJ, o r mak e up , fiye :;cntence>", in 0ach (If

wl1i c h th e rn c ani11 g j,.; oli,;curc'(l l1y the 111i,;plaC'l'rne11t of ~0111 e

cla11::1e ; and iu each ca::;e re-write tli e ;.;cntence, placing the cluu:;e

CASE If. - P os iti o n of Cl a u ses.

correctly.

EX AMPT.' .E . -Tlic i•
l'oJl owrng
.
1·i11 c·.-; "·<·re
' tt
b
.
)
l'steern
cd fr1t~11d \\'h o h'1-· I· .
I
\\Tl en
y an .
.
'
,:;
,l!ll Ill t IC gt"l \ C .r
.
rears, for hi~ 0 \\' ll am use men t.
' .
1ourteen

\\Tlt at t h e author m eant to sa wa"' " .
.
vrit1c11 b1· liis fr iend fo . I. .
. Y • . ' that th e lmes were
.
• .
I 11:; 0 \1 n a11111;;ement " \VJ t I
·
ay , 1,., t hat !11:,i fri e ud " Ii as h. . 1
1ll 1e does.
·
' I l l in t ir gr-i ,·c fo urt
I.'
11:; O\\'n amuse nwnt · " 'Tl 1e c l ause " ·"ior hi. ,;
een year8 ior
ut o f place. It s!wuld . . .
. 1·
·- O\\'n amusem ent" is
con1e uum et iately after "written." "Thft

CASE III. -Squinting Clau ses.

ExA~rPLE . - This is a11 exploit which no ouc, who 1s
born an American, iu any circumstances, need to Le
- ashamed to own.
.Here th e claur;e "in any circum:;tances " i~ said to squint, that
j lj

\

.

;

·~·

-

-~

'
'jlj

~ '.

:J

110

F l It ST

L ESS0 XS

I :-;

C O ..\I l' O:; l Tl

STY LE .

oN .

lo .louk iu two oppoi;ite directions. It may look backward
refernu"' to " born " "
I · b
'
.· .
"'. ' . " ' . no one w io is orn an Am erican in .any ·
~ircullls tam.:C8 '. or it may look forward, referriug to" ashamed"
uo one who 18 bo ru an A mencan
·
· any circumstances
·
'
nee d ln
to be Mbamed."

b,

T~e. rul e:_in s uch cas es, is that no clause should be so placed
~et\\· ec.n t~'- ~ oth e r clau .~e.-; or word::;, that it8 meaning can be ro1erred rnJ1tlereutly
DIIn:CTIO?': -

w one or

C~py the

the o ther.

fo ll owing sentences, c ha1win <>' fn each

~asc, the p o:;1t1011 ot th e .':i(JUi11ti11g dau"c, :;o lL'I t•> make the mean·
rng clcurer. Show in each case what oth er lll l"tllirw di'fl'" , t.
f rum ti 1a t rnten
·
de d, could be put upou the 'sentence.
'
"''
eren

1. This monument is ercc tt:d in houor of \Valtcr·.
Han1mo11d, wh o wa~ killed iu battle, Gy his surviving
comrade..-;.
2 . Say to Elizabeth, as soon as s he has fi nished her

v

composition, sl1c must bl'g i n her g rammar lesson.
_3. ?n e who !ta.-; provc(l hilllsclf braYc, in time of
tnal, is Hot easily drin~ ll fro m hi ~ purpose.
~· \Ylie11 lireakfa-;t wa~ oYer, to their surprise, the
tram had ;tlready pa.-;.-;l'd.

5. If he "l'l'::i t he dan g er of thl' l1abit, rn ti Ille, lie will
overcome it.
l '' lll•
' l , o r nia kt· up, J1,·c
·
se n lt' ll CC:\ in each of "
~vl11c~ i;o mc clause o r m_m l i:; capable of a squintin g cons truction·
<LnJ, 111 each ca:; e, re-write the :scI1te11<.:e, pla<.:iug the clause or th~ ·
l)!H FC"l'J O :>;

.

· · · · ·-

word correctly.

"

·

CASE IV. - I n c o rrect U se o f P r o n o uns.

EXAMPLE. - John, having at la:-;t. fo1111d the key
locked t lte d oo r, a11d went on: carrying it in his po?k~t:

,

-~ ·-... E?dr-

:

1

111

Here the author mean:; to say that J <ilm carried off th e k ey in
his pocket. \Vhat li e doe;i :;ay is, t,liat Juhn carri ctl uff the d,,.,,.
in his pock et. The pron oun "it " refon; g rnmmat icalJ_,. tu the
noun lfult me ntion ed, which is" door." To avoid tlii;1 rni ,; take,
·; the sentence mui;t be ::;o recon::;tru ctetl that the noun n ext preceding the word "it" shall he "key." Thus: "John · I,,"kcd
the Joor, l1aYi11g at la.~t found the key, a111l went on; ca r ry i11g i t
in his pocket."
Th e main Jifficulty in th e use of pronouns grow::; ou t o f tli P
fact that, in rnos t ;,pn ten ees, two or mo re noun s pre1:rdu tl1 u 11r"·
noun, for any one of whi ch 11ouni; the pronoun mi g ht be a sui ta . ble r e pre::;e11tativc. The rule i:;: Cowitruct the 8e11ll'm:e i11 :-\tt dt
.. a manner that 110 uoun to which grammatically th e pronou n
could r C' for ::ilrnll come betw een it a nd the n oun which i::1 i nt t• ndl'(l
to be rcprc::;cntcJ.
Sometime,; tlie evil is remedied by a change of p c r:-;ons . ":'lfary
asked her moth er i f sli c mig ht go wi t h her, a>1 :;h e was s1 : r•· .~ IF•
was going to buy som ething for her." Here the" she" a nd the
' 'her" may refe r ind itTen•n tly to th e moth er or t o t he .J:u1 ,::l1l•'r.
All ambig uity in this ca>1c may be avoided by a diange <1f 1 •n ~ .. 11,:1
thus: "Mary ::;aid to her mother, 'l\lay I go with y uL1·:' l :u11
...: sure you are gu ing tu buy soll.) ething for me.' "
. Sometime:; th e e vil i:; rc medi e<l liy changing the 11u11 1hn oi' u 11e
of the uo1111:;. ' ' .i\len look with a n eYil eye u po n tl1e ~,, ,, .[ t h:tt
is in otli('rs ; and t hink t li a L tlil· i r f l'!' ll l a t ion ulJ,.;c 11 n· .~ tl"'111: ;11111
their corn111 c ndabl e q1 1al itit·:-i ,;t.a n J i ll th eir lig h t; a 11 d tlin"l;irt'
they d o what t hl'y \' all to l"<\st u t"loud over tl 1t>m, tha t t l11 · l1ri r: 11t
'1hiu ing of tl 1c ir virtu 1,.~ n1ay not oln:ictuo th em."
}!ere arc n o }e:;:; than f~mrwurd>1, "m c ll," "ot.her:-1, " "'l ualiiit•:-< ,"
· . ·al!d "virtue,;," for auy 0 11 e uf which "they:·" the m," a nd ·• l l11·i r"
' .may be a fitting repre::;cntative ; and the four wonl>1 nam ed an•!"' •
.. mixed up in the con struction that the Hc nteu cc becom es a j•(•rfrr:t
-= J mnlJle.
By changing "otl1c n;" to the singular, tl1 e prono11n ,; a tlj th i.
.-'theinselvc,; without <lifficulty, so that the meaning of th e au t h<ir
·__. b~comes perfectly clelir, thu,;: "l\f1·n look witl1 an e v il l'.'"' "i" '"
_} he good that i:; in rlli of/11 .,. ; an d tlii11k th at h i;; rq111t:tt i1•n .,J,~··1111·~
them, his com111cnrlable qnali t ih; stauJ in th eir l i;.:l1t ; allll tl 1 l' r l~
Z i'ore they do what they can to cast a cloud on~r liim, that t he
-~E: bright shiui11g of hi ::i virtue::; 111ay not oh,;curc them.''

.>

; ~

:'

·-

''
'

...

'~ .

112

F1TIST

LRSSONS I.'{ COMPOSlT lON .

O r the nnmu(•r of" m en" may be chan ged , thus:" Such a man
wil l lovk wi t h an e \'il eye upon tl1e good tlia~ is in othe1:s; and
think that th ei r r(' putatiou ob:<c11rcs liim, th ei r co mm endable
<1 11alitil':-1 :-ita nd in h is lig ht; and t herefo re h o does what he can
to ca:-t a clu ud 0 1·u them, t hat the Lri g lit ,.;}1i11ing of their virLues
may n ot ob,.;c nre him."
~o m e lin1c:-i th e 011Iy rcmrdy is t o r epeat the noun, instead-of
11s i11g a JHl> ll flll ll , thu,;: " Th e lat! cannot leave his father, for
ii' lio sho ul1! leav c hi,; fath er, h i.~ j i!l/i,.,- would di e." A Jes:; skil·
ful writ er would ha1·e ,;aid, "l ['he :-ih <1uld kave hi s father, 1ie·,
would 1lic," lcavi11g it un certain wh eth er it was the fatl1er or the
so 11 that would die.

STYLE .

cannot be mistaken. To this end, in cornstructing a sentrncc, the:-;e
three things must be ohserved:
l. Every mlv r rl> or adverbial clau se should be made to adh ere
as closely as pvs:; ibl e to the word or wo:d:-i inte n<le<l to l>e 1k,, 1g·
nated by it.
?. \ Vh en a circu mstance o f any kind is thro wn in, it should
not hang loosely in th e miJst of a peri od, Ullt sh<1U lll \J\' ,.;o place.d
as by its po:-iition to ;;how to whid 1 mclllber of the scntc1n·1· 1t

pelong;,;.
. .
3. \Vh cn a pron oun i:-i u sed, the:· noun to whi ch 1t rclat<•:-1 ~ho 11l <'.
be so p lal'ell as Lo suggest the relation instantly to the mmJ of

the read e r.
10*

D i ILECTION. - Co py th e folloll' in g sent ences, changing the
co n:-;truct ivn of each :<e 11 h·11 (·c su that there ~ hall be no ambiguity '
in t.h c use of' tl 1e pronoun s :
·

1. Rol1crt promisc:d his fa tl1cr t hat he would pay his
dcl>ts.
2. The kd1it of ,,·astiiw
ti111c a11d rn nn c\· wl1ich some
0
• '
U<"•[llire in tlw ir youth, adhcrps to t!H'111 tlll'ougl1 life.
J. The fat li er ::d wuld lie <·an·f'1d not to fin<1 fo.11lt wi th ~
the t utor i11 tlie prcseuce of the buy, as it weak ens his
infhtC llt'l'.

-L :\Iary a;;kcd li('r l'Ou;-;in to hring lif..'r
alu11g, tl1a t sl1 c m ig l1t rn:tkc so m eth ing fi1r l1et' mother.
5. \ Vht•11 tlll.' t rave ll e rs complained ('0111tcously to their
host of tlic foro<:ity pf his dogs, he said they were illbred eurs.
DIRECTION. -

Find, or mak e up, five sentence::;, in each

~vhich th ere is so me a mbiguit!· in th e use of a pronoun; aud,.in ·

ea ch c:L"r, rC"cu11:;truct t h e ;;e11tcrn.:c ,;o that the ambi-guity'sha1L .
di sappear.
NoTI~ . - From tl1e exampl e:; and exercises which have been
g iven, it will be ~c( • 11 that th e flr,, t l'l'Cf lli>-it c of a good senten ce is
CLE A l\XEf',.;,
The· ·11 ·uo {.~ ;s/i o1tld be· .• 11 <1rrr111yi:d t!iat the mean~,,g

113

...

H

STYLE .

t·,'::

115

·r ·m rul e en.1t lw «ive n f. 1r tl 1e po,; ili 1111 of th c~1; i· 111·
N
0 lllllJOI
, •
h
,
'
. .
." j
, . • t t' 1, I H'!.'.if1·
phatic word,;; hut tlir li(''t .1d:11·r, l1,.;11atl ;. , J:-; \I LI l l ,1 l e
..

"·

nill r"'. ui" ti1l' ~·· 111,.1 1"" , ,,. :1t 111" l·11•l.
DIRECT IO::\' . - Copy th e following ~e ntence~, rea rran g in g e:l('.1'.
so as to l!; iv c a more con;:;picuou::> p o:; itio1t to tlic emphatic \\' otd :'I .

·,

1. That our ch.1er w r iters, to Jererny Taylo1: i11 cl1~"in,
q_uote<l to exee:;s, it \\'oulJ be the blind1.H.;..,-;;; of partia lity

CHAP.TER II.

to deny.
. l ·. . 2. On whatev e r si<le we <.:on template I-Iom~1' tis " u11
EM P HA S IS.
derful inv c11 tion i:: ; that whi ch principal!~· st nkcs us.
~~~~~=-·
3. That the empi re has p r 0 Yi11 ces wli1ch blewJ :--ollt e R U LE. - A se11tc11cc .<houl•l !J,, -'O r0 11strur1P rl rrR ff) git·r a con·
.. -thing of foreign genius wi th their natio11al ,character,
spicuowi p osit ion tu t!tose 1cord;; rm wl1icll th e memiing chiefly depenc4.
·,,. .her every fruutier, is of tlic great ness of } ra1wL· one ol
E x.Hr PLE. -He that tell:-; n lil· i:-; nut
the elcnH.: 11 h.
,.
.
gn·at a ta...;k 111• u11drrtak<<; for lie iuusL
4. ·To su hjc('t passengers arnvrng 1·1·0 111 ln-'"e1•r11
. to 1· 1•1 r t ·,
invent twenty more, to mai11tai11 one.
to unnecc:-;.-;a ry i 11eo n v c u ic11ee is C( pial Iy u 11des1ra l iii: :tllll
,

.

impolitie, whi le it is v ery ncecssary to take proper ll ll·a:,1·
.
urc·s to prevent srn11gg1rng.
.
,
. 5. Trifles float and nre prcscrYcd in the :;liqmrrcl< u.t
the state; whil e everything sinks to the l>ottom aml i::i
~lost that is ~fJlitl and \·alual>le.

H ere, i11 tlt c latter part or tl 1i,, :;cntence, th e principal
tion intended is tli c 11 cce:;s it.y o f i11,·c11ti11g tll'enty more lies. Y t
leaving th e sc11t c1we iu, it is, it would ue difli cull to read it so fl1l..
to ma ke thi,; id ea promiu cnt. · C hange tli c sl.'11tr nce to read thus :
"Fo r, to 11 iai1 1t ai n 01H' li e, IH' m11s t 1111·1·11! f11·r11f!J more." Now, it
would
JillindL to reu.<l tlic ,.:euteuce witlic,11t rnaki11g th~._
words e ll! phatic.

uc

,

.

NOTE. - In f' \'c· r:· ,;e 11tencc or an :' C'ons id r rahlc length, there i
Hu me one word, or se L of wo rd:;, w11i e l1 l\1r111,; Lite topic or subject

uc

maiuly :;pokc11 01; a11d whi ch m ay
call ed the principal subject;
a nd there i.~ abo so n1 e o u e word, or >' t 'L of' wnrJ,;, which forms th
main a,;scrti on , and whi ch may be ca ll ed th e principal predicate.
The writer, in constructing- su ch a ;.;entence, should consid~
what words co nst it ute his main subject and his main predicate,·
and s h ould arran g-e t he oth er and suuordinn.te parts, so that th
mo:<t important wonl:-i s hall Rt and clea r and disentangled from all
n<.'l <ll es>:1 acce;:;»ori c..,, and ,.:u that th e Yoi ce, in reading them; .wi.ll
alrnust n ecessar ily reader them emphatic.
0

114

vi:

. .
J\I· k. Ui) or find fiyc sentence::; wh ich are
DIRECTION . .l . C
'
'
1 '
I
. I 'f•
l .
·<l t 0 th e l'os iLion o f th e cmp i a\1(: won,; , a r1 r t ·
fau ty in re"a t
. 1. .
1. ll 1
:1
o
.
construct each
sentence
so tliat the em1)hatic worw; sua iavl'

more conspicuous position.

'

'",,..~
;•

~

:I

i'

·1:

-

r·....

..

",

.

·u

1~:.t~1H~~:>

STYLE.

CHAPTER III.
UNITY .

Hll LE. - A sentence should be so co 11Rtru ctcd as to maintain unity _
of tlirmyht.

EXAMPLE. ~_fhe v essel made for shore, and the passengers ero wd e<l rnto the boat.,;, and rcaelied the beach in
safety, where th e inhabitant.-; rccci Yc<l them with tho
utmost kiudness, anJ a shelter wa;; provided for them.

This se~t;nce is about. a.'i defccti ve, in regnrd to unity, as it could
~vell b~.. l here arc var10ut1 ways of remedy ing the defoct. Ono
:~ to d1v1de th e sentence into two or more independent senten~.
lhus:

•'_ tence is not in compatibl e with i11 cl11ding m the sen ten ce a g rc:tt
,.;_, '- nun1ber alld vari ety of particular,.;. A sentcucc may cuntai11 ;l
-- dozen Jifforent thought.'! ur iLl ca,;, aud yet may ltave the::>e all "o
subord inated to th e Oll C go vernin g id ea, whi ch forms th e l_);\:-;i,;
of the ,.;entcnce, as to make on the mind the irnpre:-Jsion of one
~, undivided whole.
W e niay take an illu,.;trntiun from l10u,;e-buil d i11 g. \V he11 we
see heaps of. sand, brick, lim e, and sto ne, pile:; of bea m,; an d
boards, kegs of naib, :-;crews, bolts, hook:-;, a11Ll other implcmcilh
of iron, all :-;cattcr<:d about mi,,ce:llancou:;ly, here and there, we
have a picture of many of th e ·entence,,;, so called, that we fiud
in author:;. 'Vhen again, under the !rnnd of the architect a nd
the builJer, tho:-;e :;cattered rnatcriab have been l1roug h t in to
harmonious and ord erly arraug~ment, - when they ,.;tand liPt<ire
us, not a confu:>ed nrnss of rubbish , liut a compacted a1t<l C(•111111 0 dious house for th e Jwelling of nl<Ln, in whi ch en·ry particlf' ,,f
sand and lim e, every brick a1Hl stone, eve ry piece of wood a11il
- iron ha.'! it;; place and se rves one ge neral de::iig n, - we have a piv:-. tnre of the perfect peri od, as it come,.; from the hand of ,;11111e
· J master-builder.
It it1 not easy to construct t h ese long complex periods with out
• 1some sacrifice o f unity.
N or should :-;uch period,; be mul tipl ied.
· They should be employed oeeas ionally. But t1l10rt indepeudmt
sentences should form the main staple of dit1course.

·

. "The vesse l having ma<le for shore, the passengers crowded
into the boats and reached the beach in Rafety. There the inhnlr
1ta nts H'<·eived t h em with the Utmost kindn esH, and pro.vided for
t li em a s helter."
.

e

~o select some leading word as the subject,-.
for 1n;; tan cc, - and ;so to change the construction
that tlu:; word :-;hall be nominative to eve ry verb that is intro. '
duccd. Th u:;:
" Auoth er

117

w,;Y. i;-1

pnsse~ge r;;,

. " The ve,;,;el havin g made fo r shore, the pa.~sengers crowded .

In~ the boat,,, and, having reached th e beach in safety, \vere re--

ce1ved by the inhabitants with the utmost kindness and were>
provided with shelter."
'
·t ,.~ ·, ~';"')Cl.'

NOTE. - The foregoing exampl e shows

, DIRECTION. -Re-w rite th e following sen'tences, so as to eorrect
· the want of unity. Make the correction, either by kee ping the
. whole in one complex sentence, or ·by divid i11g it into two or
more sentences. If th e example admits of it, make the correction in both ways.

1 . After we cam e to anchor, they put me on shore,
: · ;here I was \vclcome<l by all my friends, who received
ine .with the g reatest kin<lness.
2. The equinoctial storm occurred lust Tuesday, during
which the lightning struck a tree near the clnm.:h ,that
was built last spring.
· ~ .. ·~ 3-. As we rode to town, we met a man with a flock of

118

FI n s T

L ES S ON s

IN

c o;\[ P OS I'l'ION.

geese, wh o " ·ns talk ing to a li ttle girl, in a pirlk
l 10J11 H~t, w l10 wns (":1 rry i11g fl lJa::;ket 011 li er arm, contain-·
i11g- a fo w radi shes wlii <· h lier motli er had grown in ~~
rra~·den wl1it·h her parent s rcuted of farm er Jones
wha
b
.
lived 0 11 t li e other s ide of the ri Vl 'I' .
4. Tl1 us wi th h er fo w note::; d oes nature ring
,·hanges o f t he seaso ns ; w hi ch we adm ire, and endeavo
ing to imi tute, fi nd lrn t Hl 1;ul owy fu ll ccce!'l.
5. The boy left tl1e lww;c with a r ak e in
w~ ii clt his father bought at Sm itlivilk, where l\fr. Cl iv vs, whu lost fo ur children by tlie searl l't lever last wi11,,.---~~
ter, wh c ll we li aL1 tli at d readful so ow-::itorm.
4

DrnECTIOl\. - Make u p , o r find, fi ve senten ces defective '
u nily , au<l rccon:;t ruct the 8cnte11ce:; :;u a:; Lu corred th em iu IL-ii.
r e:;pect.

CHAPTER IV.
S T HENGTH.

N OTE. - Tlie rule,; alrea•lv i:in•n a rn pn·1•ar:Lt<iry ti , tl1i-;.
Clean1 e,.;,.;, c 11q il 1a,;i"' , a 11d un ity all k nd to 111 akc tlie ex1•n·--i " 11
·. ~~ forcib1e. :-:\nm1·thing m o re th:u1 thc,;C', ho•sl:vcr , j, 11 .····kd . 1:1
order t h a t the lhoughl lllay p'to.Jucc th e stro11gl·st i1n1>r• · ,..~i"11 •·1·
which it is capab le. I t i:-;, i ndeed, no part of "tyle to ~ i1· ,. -t r• · li .~
though ts . These rome, if at al l. from natiH' pnwer. But it i~
within t h e prvvince of :;tyie to give tot.ht• th1111ght w i1i.-l1 a 11i:111
ha ' all the fo rce of whid1 i t is capaLle. It i~ t'"l't'c i:diy 11 it;1111
th p ro vi nee of :-:ty le to remove w h;lteH•r hintkrs ur 1>L•,t rn1·t •
the thou gh t i n it:-i way to th e m i1Hl of the reade r .
._ l. R edwu[r,,1r-11. - A n i'Xprc·,;,.;ion i,.; n1adc stron::• ·r J._v lt-:t .. -:11::
OU\ red un dant word,.;. \\' hate1·er in a ;; e11 tc 11 ce du,·s 11.,t ad ·! '"
. ,the meaning en fee bl e:; it. E v~ry re<lund:rnt word i,; '"' mwh
dead weight. " Th e least that is :;a id on th e ,;til •.i •:d, -tl1 f· ,.. ,,, 111l':il
it will be 'm en ded," h a.-; not half th e fo rce of t he u,.;1 1al t'Xt•rC:i·
on, "Lea;;t ::;aid, soon e!':lt m end ed. "
::.'2. Use of " ·1:ery ." - A RC'ntf' ll C't: is o ften maJe :;tro11 ger J,y
" ol"ding th e use o f "1·C' ry ," a ncl 1i!' in te mdvc a nd ,.;1 q >< ·iia t i' ,c;
e..itpressions o f all sorts. It i:; a ;;af'e plan, after co mpl eti1 1g a 11 y
piece of co m posit io n, to go throu g h it, p en in h a nd , a11 <l strike
out three-fourtlrn of th e ep it h et.-,, and nin e- tenths, if n ot all, o f the
uperlatives and tli e " _ve ry!':! ." " ft is not very ea8y to d e:seri Iii~
in word;; m ere ly t h e precise a nd exact impres:;ions which very
11 :J

------""'------.....,,_,,,,?'~
.
•.

120

,

STYLE.

.FI H. ST LESS 0 N::; I N C 0 M P 0 S IT I 0 N.

great and s ul.Jlime objects make upon us. The emotion most
certainly i;; extremely deligh tfu l, out still it is altogether of ll
very :se;iou:,; am! solemn kind." By i:;tr ikiug out about a dozen
unnece.ssary words from thi:> se11 ten<.:e, we add greatly to its force.
TLu»: "1t. is n ot ea;;y to describe in wor<..L-i the precise impression
' which great and »ttl>iime ol>ject:; make upon us. The -emotion ii!
certainly delightful, but it is altogether of t he serious kind." · ·
3. (\)1111ati11:; JVorrl~. -A sentence i;; often strengthened by care •
in the u::;c of the words employed to mark connection and transi· _
ti on. The li Ltle word;; ,but, and, wlt ic!t, whose, wliere, &c., are frequently the most important of any; they are the joints
hinge!) '
upon which sentences turn . Hence much, both of the beauty_
and the strength of senten·ces, depends upon such words: Tho,'
word" and," especially, is often used for stringing one clause upon_
another, in a careless, !:llip::;hod way, which has an enfeeblingc
effect upon the style. "The Academy set up by Cardinal Richelieu, to amu:-;e the wits of that age and country and divert thei~
from raking into his politics Glllt ministry, brought this int()
vogue; and the French wit.-; l1avr, for this la..~t age, been wholly
turned to the refiuement of their tityle mul language, and, inde
with 1mch succc:>:-i, that it can hardly be e<itrnlled, and ru
equally through their verse and their prose." Here are
faults, - using too many and.~, anrl putting into one sent
what would be more effective if made into two or three sentenc
Tl1us: "The Academy set up by Cardinal Richelieu , to amuse
wits of that age and country, and fto] divert them from rakin
into his politics and mini:-<tr:', brought thiK into vogue. Th.c,
French wit,; have [nccordi11glyJ, for this last age, been wholly _
turned to the refinemeut of their style and language, and wit:h
such success that it can hardly be equalled. It runs equaUy
through th~ir verse and their prose."
.
4. Briu,r;ing to ri Conclusion. -The strength of a sentence i!! ,_
often promoted hy due care in brin g ing it to a conclusion. Tho_ ,_
mind naturally dwelb upon the last word. Care should be used~
therefore, not to end a i;entence with a word which is compar
tively unimportant, mean, or belittling.
It is rnn~ ly expedient to e11d with an ai/1.•crb. "Such thing-,(
were not allow (·d formrr/11." This ~entrnce g:ains force by trans•
po:-<i11~ tl1u,;: "n:r}//1'rl!f ~t1cl1 thin gs \\'ere not alloweq."
.
Avoid endi11g with a pl'l'pu~itiuu. "Avarice is a vice which

or

121

wise m e n arc often guilty of-" Cha11ge thus: "Avarice is a vice
pf which wi:le men are often guilty." ,
..
The pro1wu11 it, es1wcially when accom panit~d by a pn.·po,;1t1on,
as with it, iu it, l o it, &c., 111ake:; a feeble e nding. "The "·~·onµ;~
of Irelaml will crumble u11dcr 011..: well -di n·cted blow, and :'ll r.
Di1:1racli is the one man i11 Parliament who k11ow;; how tu atl\'11d
to it." Change thus: "And the one man in I'arlian1eu t w It"
knows how to attend to it i:; Mr. Di:sraeli."
. 5. Putting tlie Lo11ge1St Lw<t. - In :;entences which consi,;t (,r
more clauses than one, it it! better usually to end with the c:lau .''-'
which is longest. "We flatter ourselves with the belief that 111:
have frmmken our pa.->sions, when they have forsaken us." Better
thus: " \Vhen our passions have forsaken us, we flatter ourselves
with the belief that we have forsaken thPm ."
6. Putting the ~'>'tron_qest Lo"1t. --This i::; what is calleu Ciiillax.
The principle whicli underlies it i:; that a wea~er tenn _or datt• e
: ehould never come after a stronger. Climax is sometimes Yery
elaborate and when used with judgment is very powerful. The
. l 011 trw;
" ~C<'<'.unt :
• following' pa;::Kage from Cicero i:; often admire(
"To bind a no man citizen i:-1 an outrage; to 8murye l_11m 1:-1 1.ll1
i:-; almo:.;t
.
. . . to PUT HIM TO DEATH
. a t roe1011s
cnme,
.
_ _ a_.parncick;
. .,l1ut
..
" t0 put him to death by CRUCIF1XION, what shall I ea.11 H ·
- This elaborate climax, however, is seldom needel'. or allowable.
But there i~ a kind of minor climax which come:; m u~e 111 the
., cons t rue t'1011 o f' l'ltno"'t
•
.. everv
" sentence · \VLeu :;evernl knn~ or
clauses are tii:1ed, that which expre.58es the more gcueral or t_l'.~
: "more important idea s!10uld come b,,t. "Ile _lo,.,t, a;, uni· li·ll
,.
l :i:t t i· t
11 go'.>l1", au J . J11."' ' l°-"'·
sweep, hi:; child, l1i,; hou:-;cho'
thus: "He lo:;t, at one fell sweep, lu:; dog, lus l10u,,el111ld b""'b,
· a~d his child."
. DIRECTION._ Recom;truct the following sentence:; so :'."', m
.. each case, to gi\'c to the thought greatt>r force. Explain tht>
·".,.'defect in the :;entence, ai; it now i;t.aud;-;.

} 1. The whoie of it is everywhere pervaded by a

of jndi<·ial <·almncc:c:.

~pirit

2. I was very sorry imleecl to hear tl1at vou wen· i11
VC'.ry bad. heaii ·li. l hope that hd(1re \'cry io11g
11

'"

r

r

!" '

122

F I H s 1'

L Es s 0 :N s

rx

,. ' •

~

c 0 ~r p 0 8 r TI 0 N ·• -

yo ur health will be so compl<'te ly and entirely restored .:~
that yo u <«lll enjoy th is pcrfoctly !-iplernlid aml lovely-·
weath er.

i

3 . There w~1s nu cv iden< 't! ol' liabi tat ion about theplace, and nei tlic r leaf uor bud ww; to be seen and tho
<i ua i I pi pcd, and the cruw croak ell cl ismally
uncea~
111gly, and all things were dreary ancl unattractive in it.
-1. Dav id wa.-; a great statesman, a great warrior ~
g r c.1t poet, :llHl a skilful lrnrpcr.
..' .
5. J do not know what th<: liousc is built of:

ht

and

PART

Drn£CTTON. - !\lake up, or filld, live r;entences deficient
str01:;rt h through ba<l consti_-uctio n, and reconstruct each 80
VJ g1 ve g reater fo rce t-0 the thought exprellse<l.

VI.

LETTER-WRIT I NG.
NOTE . -The general princip les which underlie all cornpo~ition
must guide the writer in th e compo,,ition of the ~uli,.;Ltn('\ ' •>r
body uf a leltl'r. All tl iat Heed::; to Le s :.ti ~tl1e way 11f ,;pu::ial
direction
1 L:l ld tt·r.
:rces.eF-iJre<l~

·" ~ '.-i ;

;

,;.. :: -~~ i' :;.'

4, Th e S nper;;cri ption .

I.

~: ir<~~'.~~

J lEAlllNO.
The Heading of lt'Lters indud es wliat j,, g l·nerally calll•(l Tlie
Date, and rrq uires attention to sen:ra l partirulars, as follow ~:
1. Th e Pla ce.-In ~idng th e ;11arf' at \\'hic!t the letter is wri ll1•11,
we sh ou ld in sert all those particulars whi ch will Le needed liy ••Ur
. correspond ent in directin):!; h is reply. These particulars an> the
-. foll owing : State, county, cit y o r to wn , ,;tr0ct and num be r. E:t<:h
, · tif these dese n·cs consideration. T /11' :•,·tale. - f n wri t ing from a
, very large city, lik e N e w York or I'hiladel phia, the nam e of the
·. State is not n eeded. In a ll oth('r ·cases, the na me of the Hate
·shQuld be g iven. Th e County. -The nam e of the Ct1 tt nty i." ,;d i' dom -required ; never, i ndee<l, except in the case of very srnall
.1

THE

l:l3

·~.~·~·,

:,~~;~f~';

~:~;4 :·~i.:_{".·~:.~i'

·''.',

;,~oj1!f,:.;
~.

"t..i .. :,. . .

::~
:c \ii~
-~J,~
,,,_

:1;'.:fl"
~

~.

'i '~ ~: ~

,.i ...............

~"-il~..
.

<;(5...,. 41'.~'

q,YN

..

,,

124

FIRST

place.~ whi cl1 are little .lrnow11. Slrect a11 d }lumber. - The larger
th e p lace, th e g reater 1:; th e ueJ.;e,;:; i ty fo r giving the street au'd
L1 u 111ber.
fn very large citie>1, like Ne w York, Philadelphia,
liu:>tuu, &c. , thi :; i:; i ndisp emiabl e. E ven al thoug h your correspo1Hb1 t ma y k11uw your s.treet and number, it is well to give
~ h e 111. He lll:I)' perhap:; not rcmt•111ber them at the time of wrjt..
1'.1g, or 11~ niay get them wrong. P r10t- OJ!ice. - L etters are somet11n c:; wntt ell from s mall o utl yi ng sett lem en ts, or from country• •
o c~t", wl ud 1 han:~ a nan1 e of' th eir own , hut wl1ich have no postothce. 1ll ,;uch ca:oe..,, if th e writer choose to insert the nam e of =
the coun try re.'iiJeucc, o r o f' t he ,;ettlemcnt, h e should be careful to aJd al:;o til e 'llame of t li e Po8t-C~tfice town through whicll his
letters a re mailed .
. 2. T~t e 1 1111 1'. -lt i,; illlportant, in every kind of letter, but espe- .
c 1 all~ m b u:;1'.1 e:;:; letters, tu gi ,·c the ti111e of \Hi t ing tile lettor i
ihat 1s , to r!'gtstcr the month, tl~c day of the month, and the ye1tr ;
tlrn:;, Jauuary 28, 1872. This i"' called dati119 the letter, and th~"
time ibelf i:; called th e date, althouglt, :strictly speaking, the dt1te
of any tran:-<actiun in cludes the p lace as well as th e time.
Ortl.cr
n
/
A
nw1ge111ent.-In
writing
th
e
h
ea
ding
of
a
lettt>r
i3.
.
is .c ~stomary to put th e phcc fir:<! , and th en the time ; aud i.'l -.
1
wnting the place, to put th e lca,.;t and s mallest fir:;t, and tile
large,,;t l.u;t ; namely, 1, th e h ou,.;c, 2, the ::;trect, 3, the city or
to wn ; 4, the county, 5, the t:itate; thus,

.

No. lH:!S, P i11•1 Stree t. l' hil Rth:- l ph ia . (O n1uty and State n ot g iven.)
..
lh1nw nvi llc , Bu r kM 0 1. , P•• 1111'a. ({\ 111r11y ~ iv .: 11, l111t 11( 1 l"ll n •t t or num Ler.)
l~111t'li Nt..·1·k, 1u• tr U rid ~ t'f u u , i\'1! w Jt:r:-;··J . ('ftw n oarc:fit. P11;-1 t-Offi co u.ddod.)
1

hn :-c l11n, :'\lary lund .

1~5

LETTEU - WRITING .

LES:;ON S IN CO?iIPOSfTION .

faul t:: g i,· cs
. cc t h at there is a
ge n eru u,; rnarg i11 abo ,·c, an a c ea . mce to tie right.
5 . 1>11tt: at th e Jfottom. - Some p er:;uns have a fancy for g1 nn i!:
the date at th e bottom of the page, or at the <'1Hl or the lette r. l\ut
,. ·th is custo 111 i,.; not t.o be reco111u1crnled. The practical con 1· e 11 i ·
encl':< or tlie ordinary nwtl1 od arc so g reat that e very 0 11 0 engaged
in bu:; in e:;::; uug ht to foe! bo und to co u fo rm to it.
--

II .

T HE

Al>ll.RE::i::i.

By th e A• ltlress of a letter is meant thP nam e and tit le o f t l1 r>
p ersou 1,., wi 1<> 111 1 . ! 1·~ letter i,,- wr it.Leu .
T he address con:; i"t:; u;-;uall y of t wu p arts : • 1. The prc('i,-(',
' formal n:rn1 c and t itle of the pt•rsou, a,; \ Vil lia1a IL :\llt-11, LL. l >.,
Prc::iidc11 t, Girard Co li egc ; a nJ, ~ .borne paniniiar ten11 ., f respect or af!Cctin11, varying accord ing to circt1111,;la11cT", :i ,; l 'L·a r
S ir, 1Iy Dt•ar :-lir, }fy Dc:t r Dr. Allcll, >. fy 1.>t'ar Frit ·11d, ,\: ,.,
The two part::; of the :uldn'"" ,.;lw1dd lie \Hitlt'll :-it:jlaralt' ly, tli c
first part often occu]'yi11g two li 11c,;; tli11~,
Etlwttrd T Bron k•, A. "- ,
P r inc ipal qf t he :j (atc :\' u nmd !:)c lwul ul .\1 1il e nnl1le:

:\Iy D1·t1r Pr1 ft·.. -.cqr :
1

The more formal !'art or the addres.~, gi,·i ng the prcci .-t· u :111n·,
title, &c., may Le placed e ith e r at tl1c tup, a,; in tlw i11,; t a1 11 ··~
above, or at th e e nd of the letter, or::. the lt'l.t hand !'.Orner; ll111,; :
:·My Dear Mr. \\"H·k e r :i l11tfll.
Y o u1·01ili g- in ;.; lt'ff1•rof yi · ~tC'rd ay i ~ n• ep i \'(•11.

, r equ e"t, and. w i ll lmv...: tht· u.rtkl ti rcndy i11 1i11w

T ~ hall l.1· k q ipy ti• c 11 rn ply w ith )" ·· Hr
f.~r 1Ji, .

A1 •n l

tlllllll· ~ ·r !I f

t h i; J v 11n i.\! .

(t:...nmty 1111t Kh ··n 11 !llld 11 11 Htn·c t or 11umhe l'.)

4. Pia.a rul(l Fonn of the flcndi11y.-Th e heading is usually placed
near the top of the page, a11J n eu r the ri g b t hand corner. If th
heading i:; l1rn g, it is ,,;om e time,,; broken into two parts or li.n
~he words cxpres:ling th e place be ing in one line, those express. -=mg the t ime in anoth er lin e. Thus :
.
Burso 11villC', Il uc k.s Co., Penn'A.l

Jau. 31, 1872.

This, hnweYe r, i8 a matter of fan cy .
of pc11111au,.;hip.
Ca re 8ho nlt.l he t:1kcn, i11 all cases , not to cro wd
close to t he to1i of the page, or close to the ::;ide.

', .! ""

Ilon. J. P . W lck e rshu ru ,
S uper intt:111li;11t uf P11 ldi1· T11 ~ 1nwtin n,

Ilarrislmrg.

I n the case of bu:-<incs;; letters. thi:; for mal addres:; sho u ld !iP at
the top. I11 other letters, and c,;pccially in all let ter,; .,f ''<'r<'tnony, it i ::; cu n11110n to put this pa rt of the add re,.;,.; at tl1c l,u l t<>Tll,
\ and, in .extremely ce remon io us lette rs, at the l1ottom or tlk iir,,t
~ page, wheth er tlt~ letter end:; on tliat IJage or Hot.
This formal part of the address, wh ether given at th e top or
the bottom , ;.d1ould be the ;.;:une that i:; put on the outsid e, ard
_·..~hould not be omitted, even in the n1ost familiar letters. It is :i.
- .
11 *

~

126

FlH!:;T

LESf:iO~S

lN

"a ll-gua rd agai 11 :-; t tl1c letter go in g, by n1istakc, into wrong hands.
'l'IH: c11n:lu1 •e i,.; often lo:-<t vr de:;truyt'J . Th e letter, therefore1
sl1uuld Le nelf-ide 11 tiJ~·ing, ln depe 11dcntly of th e envelope.·
Whe n t lil're i:;, in the le tter it,.,df, noth ing to identify clearly
Luth tl1c wri tv r ar1J the one written to, the re i:s an appcarauce' of
i:;u n1 tJtl1in g clanJe:o tine. A pmpcr re:;peet, the refore, fo r ,the per--.
son nddrc'1,;L·d , particularly if the p e r:-1on it1 a lady, requires thl} •
formal rcl'ognitio11 impli ed by gi ,·i ng in full, at the close of thlt
lette r, the propt'r nam e and addrc:-;,;, whatever terms ofbadinng
or or c11dearinent may have prec\'cled it. Indeod, t ho more free ·
and ca:;y th e fir,; t :1Jd res:s and the body of a letter are, the more
propriety there i~ in this forma l recognition a nd identification n~
the do:se.

Hf. TnE

the aclllre:;:-;, i,; a matter of p e 11m~msh ip. Still, it may nut he
ilmi:;s to oL:;e rv e that th e te rm:; of rc:;pet:t, affection, o r e ndt.:arment wmal ly un:upy <l line
tl1 e n1::;e]ve:;, so m e tim es two line;;,
an<l t h e nan1 e of the write r another line.

o(

uy

,1.

Ex.AM I' LES. -The following ad<lre88e:; a1ul :;uL::;cri ptio1 1s ha re
Leen copi ed from writer:o of good ::;tauJing, an<l may ;;en·e a.~
,. model:;, acco rJi11g to circumstances.
J\.ly

lJ~ lll' ~lr.

Jd; IJ, - -

Mo• t Truly Yours,
Alc xa11uc r Kuvx.
My Dt•ll r Sir,- -

Affocliouatcly Yuurs,
John M .

JHy Dear Guu-cliild, -

You r Ull !'iCC U

SunscRIPTTON .

I 11 do:;i 11 g a ldte r, th e wri te r ;;u 1>:-<l' ribc:; his name with mor
or lt-s;; Cul11 c:-1", and in :;uc..:h tcrn1s of respect or affection as the
circ..:um:-1tanl'e:; :;re m to warrant.
.!Ju.,inc., s f, d/i:rs. - Du:;i 11 c:;:; lette r;; Ye ry commonly close with
"Yuur Obedient ~ c rrn11t,., ur, if it be a firm, "Your Obedi nt
Serrant:;.''
ln itiull!. -1\Iany pcniorn;, in s uh;;r rihin g their name, have
fancy for g iYin ~ only their fir:-1t or gi n~n name, thns: R EL
Jo11e8, J. l\I. S111ith. No one can determine, from s uch a signt•
ture, wh ether the write r i:; Heulw n or Hebecca, James or Juli l• '.
an<l the pvr,.;()11 add n:,;;;ed , wl1t1 i-; r1ftl'll a stranger, is at al
wh et.her to ,.;encl rr is re ply to Mr. J(l!l('S o r l\iiss Jones, to l\tr.
t'111it.li or i\Jj,,,, :-:111it.l1.
,...,.,.,,., - J 11 sig11i11~ on e',; name to a kttr-r, it is advisable that
th e nam e sho uld !Jc :;o written as to show wh eth t' r the writer i a
, 111:l11 or a woma n. This is particularly important in addres$in.g
fl strange r.
flfarried H'om cn aarl 1Vido1c:;. - A married woman or a wid6w,
in writi n g to a stranger, :olwuld prefix. 1lfr/$. to her nattie.-· A
married wonrn11 givt•s, with t.h e l\Ir:;., tl 1e first name of her hlU!
band, so lon g a." he Ji\'('S, but drops it after his death. "'Mr.
W illiam Southcote" impl ies that Mr. Southcote is still .livin
"l\Irs. Joanna :Southcote" impli es that J\Ir. S. i:; dead, ancfih
she i>1 hi;; widow.
A rrangemC1tt. - The arrangement of the subscription, like tlf

127

LETTElt-W HITlNG .

COMPOSITION.

G vU~ fo.tlwr

uHtl

Ma.~o n.

Fri1; H1l,

Saurnol Ta) lur Culerid!>C·

l\ly lJeurcijt Wifu , -

-

Yuu r Lv viug llw.band,
R obert lluru ij .

IV.

THE SuPERscmPTION .

By the super8uiption of a letter i:; m eant the addm-;-; whic h i;;
wr itten upou the envelope.
Important. - Care in thit1 is important, hoth Lecau:;c currcctn est1 i n the su pe r::;cri ption is the c..:hief m ean:s for
safe deliv e ry of the letter, and 1Jccau8e any want o
_
the su )ersc..:ri ' t io n b ;; ure to attract crit1c1sm .
i at i:; i11;;i11e
nlgen t4!:_1_elll1Sh'l p 011 ly. I ~Llt
-~~~_:-,.-~~-,...,~~--;-~---'~~
of many. It i;; a J>Onr C• •r11.-~~i!!!!!i,...,_......,~~~'"':""'""'"""~~iii:i:il:liliiii~
pliment to your fr i (' I HI, that what lie recc1vc:-1 from you, al t l11
hand of third part ic,.;, sh o nlJ g i ve th em the impre,.;:;io11 tliat !1 1 correspondent is an ig noramus or a boor.
: P enmanship. -The superscription of a letter, so far as the p enmanship goes, s houlcl be written with e ntire di;.;ti11d11('"'"' and
·- ."legibi lity, w ith neat 11c.-;::1 and c..:are, with some attention to t·k gance, hut never with or11a111c11tal flouri she::1 .
. E xact Name and Tille. - Intimate fri enJ:-1 ofteu have familiar
}~t names fo r each other, ni cknam e;;, which thl'y u"c in tl1(· frn'.
t~tercourse o f friend:; hip. These may he al lowahl e i nr<id 1· •if a
_tter, but nc ,· cr out;;i<le. The name and title :;hould lie written
Ii the out.-;iJe wi t h formal propriety auJ correctness, a:; it would
e_expected to be written by an entire stranger.

..

_

-

¥_i-· __ ,y

~.).

128

FIRST LESSO.N S

I~

L E 'I' T E R - W R I T I N G •

c or.rPOSITION . .. .

Ne,, i1/o we. - In-writing- upon th e env elope of a letter the resi·
denl·e o f t he per:-son introdu ced , t he ,.;n. me ge neral rules should be .
observC'd wh ich have already l.Jee u g ive n for writi1w one's own
.l
0
res H e rwc at t li e top of t h e letter.
,\~uw o/ t h1· • 't o le. - The 11 1ull c uf th e S tate should be written
in full , c,.; pecia lly when the lette r is to g o to some oth er Stllte
th a n t ha t in whi ch th e Jett('!· i" writte n. Abbreviations of the
nam es "r ~taks , 011 th e ou t...; ide of letters, are one of the chief
ca11:-1e..; of lette r:< µ;oi n )!; a:; tra.\".
.Arranye111c11t rd' th e fh' 11t-< . - Tli c nam e and title should occupy
th e eC' ntral p~rti o u of th e crffelope. If they are placed higher
np t han the 1111ddle, th e app earan ce iR awkward. Besides, a clear
s pace is neclfc<l for th-0 "tamp a nd th e poRt-mark. If the name
is writ tC' 11 ll llH:h below th e midd k, th e re is not imitable room for
t he r et<id(·11ce. N or :;hou ld tire nam e be crowded oft' to the ex·
tre m e ri ~ li t, 1111 t shoultl l1e plactd aLout ce nt rally between the
t wo e mb. Each item of th e rrHid e ncc t< hould ocwpy a separate
li ne, t hu:o :
1
C11wlwr l1t11 1l Cou n ty ,
N ·w J ersey.

Ur i d g-~.: t o 11

81 5 Gree n St .,
Trc 11t0 1l ,

l'iow J e rsey.

DIRECTION. - Write Letters as follows, enclo~ing in au envel·
ope, r.eady fo r ma iling , a nd observing th e rul es given in regard to
Headrng, A<ld ress, ::lubscription, and Super:;cription.

1. A L etter from a scholar t.-0 a former schoolmate, ·
who is now u. resilient in some other State.
,
2. A Letter from a scholar in Phila<lelphia to a former
teacher, living in New Orleans.
3 . .A L etter from a girl in Charleston to her brother
in San Fr::mcisco.
4. A Letter from a boy at some pl::H'e of summer rtr
i:;ort in Virginia to hi:-< mother at some place of summer
resort in New England .

.,'

129

5. A L etter from a girl at boanlin ~-school in New
York, or any other large city, to her father at hi:-; l 1ome
in the country.
NOTE. -The tea ch er should continu e to as:; ig n cx prc 1 ,;1 ·~ of
this kind varying in each c :L'iC th e conJiti o nH of the ldler tu bll
writte n, l:ntil the sch ular b ecom e;; p er fe ctl y familiar with all the
forms, a.-1 pre;ic ribe1 l in t h e preceding rule:; and ob::;erv:i.tiou:;.

1. \Vr ite a letter to a fri end, giving au arcoun t of :i
wcc1<1ing which took place in chur('h. Th e t'vllowin~
, are some of' the part iculanJ, whi ch yon may ~ivc wit\ 1
more or less minuten cs:-;, aceon1iug to cin · 11nb lu wc~ :
The attcmlaut minister, and the form U::>et1. Tli l: ap pearance <lress and ueha.vior of the bri<le. The numucr of
'
' and any peculiarities in the dress of c!lch .
bridesmaids,
· Incidents in the church, after the ceremony wa.-; over.
The wedding tour proposed..
,. 2. vVrite a letter to a friend, giving a.n account of the
exercises at the last exhibition iu your school. The followincr arc among the particulars that may be noticed,
· altho:gh you are not 11mitcd to these. The day on whi ch
'. · the exhibition took place, and what kind of weather you
. had . Name and describe some of the notable persons
present. Give a li st of the principal exercisc:-i, an<l tlescribe some of them particularly. The names of those
scholars who were prominent in the exhibition, and the
· . part taken by each.
",· 3. Write a letter, describiu~ a !ournev whid1 vou o ne~
. -:~; took . Tl:~ ~o11owing .rart1culars are suggested: 'l'nc
·:. time of taking the journey, the st.ate of the weather, things
.

-

l

,.

,;

1

FI HST

L.J::::i::iO~ ::i

I!-<

CU;\1 1' USI Tl ON .

seen
· pcrso11:-; met with, incidents which oocu 1Ted 011 the way, a 11 y t h i11g, in sliu rt, that tended to
rnuke the ju11rncy ag rce: 1ulc, or Ji:mgrccaLl e.
4. A letter t o 011e wh o wa:-; fo rmerly u member of the ·
sd10ol 1 te lliug the chaugcs which have taken place since
he or she left. The fo ll owing arc su,ggcsted: New
~clH>l: 1 rs 1 nami ug: au<l dc..seribing them, an<l tell ing whether
tlil'y are ag reeable a11J st ndiuu s, or the opposite. New
h·a\'hc· rs, :tml nuy p oc u l inri ti e~ in their mod es of conducting rel·it:1t ions.
New stud ies, and new regulations.
Cl1ang-e:; i11 the :-;rJ 1ool -honse, or in the furniture.
5. Write a ll'tt<- r, g iving an ac<·o trnt of your Sundayschool. 'l'<'ll \\'h ere it is kept, on what part of the day, __ _
ho\\' large it is, \\' hat :m: the pri1wipal exercises, vvhat clas.s yo u are in, whu is you r teachci·, " -ho arc some of your
classmates, wha t lc.-;.-;011:; you ::,;t mly, whether you have a
_good library, w hat liooks you have been reacfo1g lately,
''°hieh of tlirm you fo unJ most interesting, aucl so on.

APPEND IX_
p

lJ N CT U AT I 0 N

AN D

CA P l TA LS.

THE principal Points Me five; namely,

1. The Ccnn.rA,
2. Thl ~ SF:mcoLox,
:). Tlw Cnr,ox,
-L The

PEHJ<lTl,

•>. The l '.\TE!rn()c;.-i.no1', "?
NoT1 -:. - For a f'1iil ill1htrati<111 n t' t.!11• r1il 1•,.; a11d 1 • x(·n·1.;p~ 111
this part of the l111o k, tl1" Lt·ad1\'r i::i r\'IL•r rl'd L" 111.v l:ir~1·r \\"r k.
"C:rnupo ..;ition an d JU1d o r ic ," "·he re th e s 1ilijt'!'.L or l'u11ctuat 11 •r.
i::; treateu at k111:;tl 1.

Besides the fi1·c po ints just nam rd, •·r YCr ~ l other charnctrr:-: <HQ
i:,ed for ,,j 111 ibr purpo:-ie~. Tim nw,;t cr111111w11 of thc::>c are the
hllow inf!:

1

Tiw Ex< 'LA ~!ATIO~,
Th0 DARH,
The PAl(E~TllESIS ,
Tl1e

,

B1,ACKET,

Tiw Qt'OTAT 10:\ ,
The APO:-:>THOPHE,

()

[J

" "

131

•

1t1 r~'I·:
i:';~;~.

132

FIRS'l' LESSONS

IN COM.POSITION.
PUNCTUATION .

SECTION I. -The Comma.
• Tl.1e C(Jm111a mark,; tlte smallest of the grammatical divisions
of d1,.;cour::>e tltat r c!p 1in.: a p(lint.
· .RULE 1. PA1tENTHETICAL Exl'fws ·roN'S
Pl rQ•
d · 1
1 .'"'"es an smg e
\\ord,,;, U,,;ed parcnthct1cally, should be separated from the rest of
tlte sen ice by commas.*
0

•

,

.

•

r
l ll

::;Jwrt,

fact,
m fi11c,

Ill

Ill
ll)

reality,
brief

'

•

,. Q

• -

e of the phrn~es in common use, which require
he rest of the ~entence by commas, are the
Ill

trn th,

as it were,
as it happens,
110 duul,t,
in a word,

to be sure,
to be brief,
after all,

you know,
of course.

NOTE 2. - Some of the singl e word~ used parentheticall
d
d.
·1
. .
y, an
or inan Y requmng to be sPparated from the rest of the sentence

by corn111a:-<. an• th e following:

therefore
'
then,
however,
perhaps,

namely,
COlll'C<]UCntJy,
indeed,
too,

moreover,
surely,

accordingly,
finally.

EXAMPLES F o r: PRACTICE. t

l. G<'ntlencss i:-; in trut l: ' lie great avenue to real en- ·
joyrnent.

133

2. The loeomotive bellows as it were from the f'my of
passron .
3. He knows very well l·ome what may that tl1e IH•te
will be paid.
4. He hall uo doubt great aptitude for learuiug lalJg1mgcs.
5. He went home acconlingly an<l arrauged his lm"'i ness in the manner described.
6. Tlicre are in truth only two thiugs to Le consid ere<l
namely liis honesty aml his abil ity.
7. Come then and let us reason together.
8. No nation in short is free from dange'".
9. When however the hour for the trial came, the rnau
was not to be found .
10. vVhy those are the very books you want.
11. I proccetl fourthly to prove the f:.wt frnm your
own ad missions.
12. On the other hand there is g reat danger in delav.
13. \Ve must however pay some respect to the opinio11::i
of 011e who has had so large an experience.
14. I have shown how just and equitable the arrangement is; and now what is the fai r conclusion?
15. Attend first to the study of arithmetic; and sec'o ndly to that of algebra.
16. If I cannot induce you to grant my request, why
I shall almost regret having made it.
purp o~e of r u·<·vcntin~ tidtt fra.1Hl, iii M nuce688ry o. pttrt of tJ1 e tua c..: li er't1 duty, a::i it id
to exn.111i 1w tl w ('x1 1 rdHu~ prww11t od.
2 . Th u 1·x.'·rciiwH "h u uld tn•t 1,0 l1ro,1 ~g11t in writt t•li out . IHifore hand , 1,11~ t1 l1 0 11ld i1.1 all
Ca.Be8 h e wntlt•JI i n th o d11.,o;1•H'1JOJll.
l ld fl ~hu11l1l lH~ CO ll Hld e r c d l..lll llr1 .·1t·11 tia.l pa.rt of th e
recib\tion. 'rhcro il'4 no o tlkr way of 1l~' :c rt<Li11in g tlmt tlt u pupil r11»kett tlw , ..,1·rcctionR from hiA own it1llt:!pc ndc 11t j11<lgme.nt, ti\Ud uu l ct;~ he J.ooH tltiri, tlw oxorcii:;e i.:i a
m ore wn.sto of time .
...
S. In mof:ft Ca-"e1:1 1 th e following will ha found a. con \'nnieut mrn.lo of pruo·duro.
· 1. Let the etudouta Ht·riltU.m prorH~ nt th l· ir honki'! at ll1 (.~ t ea.d 1er 's d1wik for i1t~p, •rti11 n 1
·"' 'ea.ch book, (lH prcse ut cU, be in~ ope n l\t th e page cont.ainiug the l t..·1:1~on 1 and h·t l11 e
booka r eDul.in th o re pih·J, un ti l th e 11"8)-HJH iH nve r.
2. Le t th o t1·aclwr dictate tli e
" - tZam1>l c s, l\nd the .'lit1 1d1· 11t M writ o u.rnl r;o rr e(' t th e w~ utiiu~ for tJdH 11urvv:;'=' dtlii:r th&
bla.ckbol\J'cl8, • la to6, ur pa por, acwrdiug to circumstauces.

12

..

13-!

F I RS T

PU~CTUATION .

L E SS 0 NS I .N C 0 '.\1 P 0 S f TI 0 N ,

· 17. But on the other ham1 du 11ot suppose that there
i~ no use in tryi11 t;.
1S. Feudal i;.;111 is in fact the embodiment of pride.
1U. TlH• m1'l'ti11g after ali wa.-; surncthing of a failure.
:W. Besides it may be of the greatest importance to
you in your busi uess ..
21. Thou knowest come what may that the ·light of
truth can never be put out.

10. One honr a tlay ::;tea1lily given to a particular
study will liriug in time large accu111ulations.

Ru LE 3. DEPESJ>E:\'T CLACSE'<. -A drprndent cla u,.;e ~linu\•l
bi> separated liy a cot11ma, or l)y L·u111 nia.~ , from the dau,;e ll ['\lll
which it Jep~ rnb.
ExA~1PLES FOR PRH~rICE.
[X. B . Iu lJUD c tuating tlu: ~e exflm 11l cd and tho~o which n.re to follow,
c r t nut on ly th e p uinto< rcttuircd by the rule .und er cuu8iLkr>Ltion , Lut al :i u

;_11 ,

Ruu; 2. INTER~! EDIA TE Ex PRESSIONS. ~ - Clauses and exp res·
sicn,;, not p:trcnthetic:d in ch:uacter, yet :;o placed as to come
between >10 111 e ()f t,lie e;;:;('ntial p:nt,; of' the i:1entence, as, fo r inlitance, betw een the ::iu\Jject and th e predicate, may be called
internu:diate e.1pn·.~sion.~, a1Hl they shouhl be separated from the
rest of t he ;;entence by ccmmas.
EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE.

1. C lassical studi es regarded merely as a means of culture arc d1·.- ;erving of gc•ueral attention.
2. TliL· s un with all its train of attendant. planet'l is
bnt a small arnl inconsiderable portion of the universe.
3. \Ve have end eavor ed in the prr<"eding paragraph to
:-:how the i n<'orrertnrss of Ii is position.
- L Xatnre tliro11gh all l1t·r worlrn <lelight'l in variety
5. The speaker pro<'cc><lcd with the greatest animation
to depict the horrors of the sccnr.
6. Christianity is in a most important sense the religion of sorrow.
7. A man of great wealth may for want of education
arn 1 refinement of manner be a mere ci phcr in society.
8. Trnth like gol(l shines brighter by collision. ,, ~ .
9. Charity on whatever side we contemplate it is·':"o" ne',
of the highest Christian graces.

tb ose requir ed by the preceding rules.)

1. If you \\'ntil(l slH'<·cc•<l i11 h11:-;ines:-; be punctnal i11
observing your e11gagcmc11 t:;.
2 . Every man if he would sncccecl in business mnst
be punctual in obscrviug his r11µ:agl·mc11ts .
~ - The l1ays in December you know a.re at tlil·ir :-:l11>rtest n1Hl there.fore you must rise l1y the dawn it' ;-. ,1 1 w .. 1d1l

ha,·c mn eh dayli g ht.
-! . The imlt.·x at the end of the bouk \\'ill (•11:d1l c thP
pupil if hi:; nwmory fail him to disc0\'1·r tl1e p:1rtil'td:1r
rnl e which !w llfT(k
5. The rca<kr slinnl<1 ho\\'l'Vt·r as l1r· prrn·<•(·11...; t'r11111 ,_ .. :1tc111·(• to s(•ntt·ncc 111a.kc a note of wliatcn·r strike,., l1i s :tttt·ntion.
ti. The goo<l wl1ich you do may nnt be lust t!int1g h it

may be fi1rg"tkn.

7. Goo11 llv<~tb though forgotten are n()t in cH_·ry

l·:i.so

!11:-' t.

8 . .Tohn went la:-;t )·ear to Canton where he i::; duin~
they say an ('X<'<·lknt Lt1;;i1w;;s.
9 . lf wishes \H·re 1wrsc,; liq!;gar:; might ri11c:
10. Unl<·ss yon bridle your- tougue you will a.o.;sun:dly
be 8hut out frum goud ~u<·i cty.

:!

136

FIHST

LESSONS

PU!" UTUA TION.

IN COMPOSITION .

137

11. We should in all probability be ashame<l of much
that we boast of coul<l thL~ world see ou r real motive.
12. Attend tl 1at you may rccei w,Liustrndion.

10. C ivil war is an awful evil of whieh lwwcn.~ r lii:-;tory furni shes many examples.
11. X o rn:tn can be llwrouglily prolicic11t in na\·i gat i1)11

13. Y uu 111ay go hom e as soon as you like.
1-±. One ol ~cet of stutlyi 11g rhetoric is that we. may
corn po::>c b ·ttcr.
15. I fo studied rhetoric iu order that he might become
a bdter writt: r.

who has never been at sea.
12. The fatl1cr of Epic poetry is Homer who has gi vcn
us in tlic 11 iatl the story of Troy di vi 11e.
13. The powers \\'hich 11ow move tli e worl11 arc tl1t:
printing-press and the telegraph.
14. Ameril':l may well hoast of her \\T: t."d 1i nl-!:ton ,"11 ..:-c
character and fame a re the t'.01n111on property of ti 1c "'' ir I.I.
15. The rnan w Jiu u:-;es profane language eo11de111 ns t lie
man wlio take.-; his neighbor's property though liotl1 in
l'I
the eye::; ol'G m 1 are a.iKc
gu1·1 ty.

RULE 4. RELATIVE CLAUSES. -A

clanse introduced by a rela~ivc pronoun should be separated from the rest of the sentence
Ly commas, unle:;:; the clause i::i restrictive in its character. ~

N OTR - The tt>acli er ><honld refer to the larger book, "Comr
position and Hhetoric," for an explanation of what clauses are
to be co n::iidcred restri cti \·e.
ExA~fl'LES

1. A fierce :-ipirit

ron PnA CTI CE.

gc:11we.
3 . The man of lcttern who has constantly before him "
cxanipks of ext·(·1lcnce ought him,..clf tu be a patte1·n of
cxcellcncc.
4. Rooks which arc the rcpositori1·s of knowledge are
an indi"pensable part of the furniture of a house.
5. Every teacher must love a pupil who is docile.
6. The child was much attached to his teacher who
lowtl him dearly.
7. Patriotism con::;ist.-; i u loving the country in which
we :lrc Lon1 .
·8. Tiu! <')'1' wl1ich S(' t~s all t hing-s is unseen to itself:
9. Death is the sea1mu which ll':-.>(s our principles.

1~i:qr:

·

'bi: I.'~~' 'v

.a~~! '· v~i':;ti
1~·uJ'.'f"~

Ruu: 5. Co-ORDINATE C LA USES. - In continued Hc nt c: ncl'",
the st'veral c1H1r<li11at.L' cl:ut"< '" or membe r:;, if simple in <:1Jll " lriwtiuu, are ,.;qiarat1 ·1 l fr, >Ill ca1:lt utli1:r by cu1111llaK .

or riYalry

\\'l1icl1 is at all times a
cbngerous p:1ssion had now take 11 full possession of him.
2. The spirit whid1 actuate<l him was a thirst for ven-

1'j~' !~;~;.

Ex AM PL Es rort

P1tACTICE.

I. Crafty nwn contemn studies si111ple me11 :ulJ11in~
tl1u1n ;u1d ,,·i...:e 111v11 U:-'l' tl11• 111.
2. 8peak ~L'"i yull nw:rn 110 a,; yn11 prnfr.,.;s pcrfornt ,,·!i:tl
you prorn1s<>.
3. c~sal' W::t.'-i <le:t1l the Sl'l1a{Ol'S WCr<~ di:-;pl'l"Sf'<l a] J
Rome wa.s in <·onfusio11.
4. ,\l11d<·rn p11gi1weri11g sp:111s \\· !10!1, co11ti1wn ts t1111111·is
alike mountains alld rivers and dykes out old oce:u1 l1i111 -

:se1f.
RtrLE

6.

FXP!lESSIONS JN THE SA?lfE C(i!'isTJHJCTIO~. -Cram-

matical expressions furmin)! a :;eric,; in the Ka m e t:(l11,.;t rnd ;""
r..liou ltl be separated from each other, and from what fol hw.~ , liy

a

C()Hllll ::l.

12*

.~·,~ ·;;7+:,.,./:

.

138

'

FIR S T

LES S O~ S

l ~

C.: O .\I POS lT IO.N.

P U NCT U AT I O).' .

EX A MP L E:,) FOR P JtA CTI CE.

2. H e wa:-i braYe pious a nd patriot ic Ill all h i,.; a,.;pi rntio11 s.
;~ . He was l>ra\·c p iqus pa tr iot ic in all h i;; a ~11i rati u 11 ,.; .
-l. H e w i i;; a br ave pi ous pa t ri oti c man.
5 . .Arig ht al t-ft alJo\·e bel ow h e wl1irl (·d t l i l~ rapi d
swo r<l.
G. T h e a<k1rcss was beau tifu 11y eleg a ntly a rnl fo rcibly
writ ten.
7. ~an flatte ry sooth e the d11ll cold ear o f d eath ?
8. \Vi t hin aroun<l an<l a bov J us we see tracl's of the
Creator's han<l.
9. \ Vc are foarfully wonderfull y ma<l c.
10. T h e s un th e moo n t he p1aneis t i 1e stars reYol \" C.
11. The s un t h e rn oun t he p lanets t l1 e stars arc all i 11

1. Lo\' (' fi ,r s t ndy a 11 l's irc ti) d o r ig· li t a rnl carefuln ess
ill the c liuin~ of fril'IHl:-; ;1rc illlporta11t t ra its of cha racter.
2. T o clea n,.;c ot11.· op in ion,.; fro 111 fal seh ood our hearts
fro111 m a lig ni ty a nd our adi ons from vice is our chi ef
f'OllCern.

3. D ill God create fo r th e poo r a <'Oarscr earth a thin·
nc r a ir n. pakr s ky?

-L I 11 fi11i tu i-:p11<·e c ndl c,.;s n urn be rs and eternal duration.
fill t li e 111i lld wi t h g reat ideas.
5. O n th e ri d 1 a nd t he cloq uC'ut on n obles and priests
t.h c P urit:u1s loo b xl d o wu wit 11 (·on tempt.
RUL E 7 . ' V ORDS I ~ THE SA:lf E C o :-<STRUCT ION. - \Vhen words
of t.~ 1c sa me ki n d follo w each othe r ill a Rcrie8, in the same grammat1cnl co11:;t ru d iu11, th e full owi ng ·tliree cases may arise :

moti o11.
12. The snn the moon t h e pla nets arnl t he star;; are all

i11 mot ion.

l. Th or u rna.y 110 IL c o nj u n c ti on. be t wee n c1\ch two o f t he word s; as, "In<lu H ry an1l h o n ~ ;; t y an1 l fru ga li ty n1Hl tt·1up c rn 11 cc are 11.m on u- th e cn r<linnl
virtu es ." I n t lii ti case, n one o f tho wonl s iu t h o se ri es n.re t~ ho sep a rated
Ly co rnt na s.

13 . ·virtue r eli g ion is t h e one t hin g 11ccd ftt l.
LL It is a u ~c fol <Ll'Colllplisli111cnt to b(: al ,l e to n·ad
. w;·ite sp ell or eipher with a..:c11ra<"y .
1 5. \Voe woe to th e rid er tha t. tralllpl es tl1 C' m do w rl.
l G. .A r istot le 1Iau1ilto11 Whately a11d .i\kCo~ h a re l1 i .~ li
au t ho r it il's in logic.
1 7. L <·IJ(l lcnll yo ur wi 11 gs.
18. The eart h t he air tli c wat er teem wit h !i f(.,
19. G ran<l il1 eas a Jl(l sen t iments eleva te a w l (·1111olilc
the mi 11<1.

2. Th e conj un c t io n m ay bo omitt e d , excep t bct woe n the Ia.s t two of the
W o n! ~ : ns, "I n t!11 s t r_r, h o n c~ ty, fn q:; a l it y, n rHI te111 pomn co a r o a mong ·the
ca 1-. !1ua l v irtu e; ." I n th is ca"e, 1d l tir e wo rd s a rc to Le sc parnte<l from Cllcll
ot h l' r liy c11111 !Jll\S .
:;_ 'f'h l' ~ vnj un c'fio n m ny h o o m itt e,J bet wee n th o Inst two w or<l ~, as well ·
l1t ,t w 1T11 lh u ut li e r:-\; 11 ~ , •· T 11du ~ rry , l1 uut' :-: ty , fr ug al it y , t clHJJ Cr a.nco, nro
u111 u ng ili u ca rdi na l ,· irt ucs ." [ n t li i.; <:>u'u, n11 t o nly a ll th o wor<ls of th o
~ ·· r i cs rt rc t o li e ~e parn t ell fr o m eac h o t her !,y co m m a~, bu t a co mma is to be
lll "cr tc t! ::tl s,) 1Lft c r t h e la s t wo r •I, to sc parnte it fro m w lmt foll ows.
a

:\' oT~: . - A c11111mn is n 1Jt in an y c1t~e to h o in ,crtc1l nf'le r t h o last wor d of
a :oe ri c~, if wli ut fo ll ows is o n l y ,~ s ing lo w v rd; n~, "Th o g ood will form
hereafte r s tro u ge r, 11urc r, h o l ie r t ies."

R U L E 8. 'iV01rns OR P 1rn.A s Es J '.'I P Arns . - A scri e:> o f W()rd ~
or phrases in pairs la ke a co mma after oach pa ir.

E XA)ll'LE:S FOR PRA ('TI C E.

1. H e w:-i:-i bra ve a nd p iu11s nnd patriot ic m
us pi rat io ns.

. ~i~ .:

;'

EXA MP L E S F OR PR ACTI CE .

". 1. Anare11y and confu ::;iun po,·erty a nll <l istr C'Stl dl·,.,o·
..J; ~- , lation tu1d n1111 are t he co11s1..'( !ue1wes of civ il war.

140

F IH 8 T

PUNCTUATION.

LE SSONS IN COMPOSITION .

:2. Truth and integrity kindness and modesty rever~ .,
eucc and d evotion were all remarked in him.

·

:3. Tli c p oor au<l the ricli tltc weak and the strong the
yotrnµ: and tlie old have 0 11 c common Father.
.
4. To l1a vc and to ltuld for better for worse for richer
for poorer in sicknc.ss and iu healtJ~ to love and to cherish
Eating ~r drinking laboring or sleeping let us d~ ·'
all Ill rnod crat10n.

5:

141

10. Mi.1ch stress was laill by the greatest of the ancient
orators Demosthene; upon <lelivcry.

R U LE 10. THE V OCATIVE CASE. - A noun in the vocative
case, or case independent, a:; it i::; called, toge th er with it..; adjunct
word:;, 8i10ulJ ue ~ep uratcJ from the re:;t of th e :;entcm;e uy ll.
comma, or comma:;.

EXA:MPI.ES FOR PRA CTICE .

9. NouNs IN. APPOSITION. - When a noun is in appo- ·
s1i10'.1 ~o S01~1e prcce<lrng nou n or prono un, and has an adjunct
con::11:;trng of several words, the sa id noun and all its connected ,
words ::;ho~d<l be separate<l from the r&"t of the sentence by a
comma before and a comma after.
'
,
. RU L E

EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE.

.1. vVe t he people of the United States do hereby or~
dam and est abl i~;l1 this Constitution.
2. Paul the gl'eat apostle of tlie Gentiles was a man of
energy.
3 . V irgil the chief poet among the Romans was fond
of rnral li fe .

. ·1. The Englisl1 dramat i(' po<'t Shakspcare is now con.~Idl'red thc-g reatc-;t of writ{'!':-> :uwient or modern.
5. Newton the g reat mathematician was a devout.be.. ·
liever in C hristiani ty.
6. Spenser t he author of the Faery Queen lived in the y, ·
time of Queen Elizabeth.
· .
7. Pl utarch calls ange r a brief mndn('~ss.
~
8. The ch ief work of Chaucer the CantBrbury Taiea .
s~1ggestcd to Longfellow the plan of the Talcs of a \Vay•
sHle Inn.
--

9. The wisest of the ancients Socrates wrote nothi~g>.· ·

1. Accept my <lear young fricud s this ex pn.·ss10n of
my regard.
.
2. I beg s ir to aeknow1edge the receipt of your favor.
3. I rise Mr. President tu a point of order.
4 . Show pity Lord ! 0 Lonl forgive!
5. Remember s ir you cannot have it .

RULE 11. THE C A SE AnsO LUTE. -A clauRc containing the
construction known a." the case absolute should be separated from
the rest of the 8enteuce by a comma, or co mm a,;.

EXAMPLES FOR PRACTfCF..

1. Then came Jesus t.he doors being shut and stood

ill

. the mi dst.
2. A state of ease is generally speaking mor0 attaillable than a state of pfr.asu rc.
3. Shame lost all virtiw is lost.
4 . His fath er Lciug (1 ca<1 the pnncc asccn <lP<l t l1<'
thrmw.
5. I being in the way the Lord lctl rnc to the lwn.-10
'· · of my ma:;ter's brother.

'. f#~

~ i"J

j.

!· {

l -12

F l HST

L ES S 0 :r\" S

HU LE 12. T.:-;vc1crEP C LA : ;:-; i::.-; Axn E xP HESSIO x s . -A clause.
l)r a h ranrnrnti eal cxpres::> ion, that is inv erted, or tran:;posecl from
it.-; natural orde r, is separat ed fro m the rest of th e sentence by a
CO lllll1ll.

.

Nun: . - Th o
d es ig n, i:; uftc u
willing t u m ake
wh e n 11Iu.c..-d i•t
of it, &hvuld bo

i u ti 11 i ti vo mo od , cs l'ec ially wh en u sed to express object or
iH vcrtcd in thi s Wil y; >L s," T o oL tain an educ11.tion, he was
sac ri fice s ." Th e c x11rc,:i io us 7',, 11 rr,c cerl, to conclttde, etc. ,
th e lici; innin g of a para;; ral'h, 1tn•l r cfc rr.ing to the wh olo
s cptHatcd fro lli what foll o w:; by a co lon.

EXAMPLES 1'0 1~ l'HACTI CE.

1. Awkward iu perso n lie

\\·a:3

l -1J

PUN C T U ATION.

l N C 0 !II P 0 S l T l 0 .N • , .

Ex:AMl'LES FO Jt l'lt A CTI CE.

1. Patri ck Henry b<:ga n hi;-,; cclel>rated :-;peec li 11y ,;ayiog "It is natural to mau tu indulge the illu:-; iu1i-; of
hope."
2 . A gorn1 rule in educat ion is Learn to be slow i 11
fo rmin g your opinions.
3 . l say There i:-:; no such thing as hu1nan perfi.!(·tio11 .
·!. l::>o 111e 011 e justly remarks" It is a great loss to lv:.,;e
an afll iction."

ill adapte<l to gain re-

sp ect.

:2. Of al I our senses s ig ht is th e most important.
Tu supply th e defi ciency li e resorted to a shameful

SECTION II. -The Semicolon.

~r

tri ck .

-1. L i\'i nµ; in flltli t h e poor r<·a:-;c to rt:-: pcct ouc another .
.5. To eo nfo.,;:-; the trnth I never g reatly admired him.

___.,.. _

1. R0adin g makl'tli a fol!

11L'LE

1.

a~

i ~ compounded of x1?>1Li, half, rrntl ,.,,,,,,., and 1m·:c11 • a
la r ge n.s tbP colon .

:-;1 ;J1 f)I\' Il•ED

(f' ll l'C cn 11 -< i.-<c-'

'.\I E\IBEW:l. - - \Vl1 f' ll

a

of t1vn llH '!lll11 ·rs . and tlt c,;,· 1111·111lwr"

<".Ulll}lf>llll d

: 11·,.

-·· n-

I !1.-1 11-'• ·\1-,''

::;nbdivid ed i1y co111nms, t.lt c: larger Jivisio11::i uf tlte sen l<-11 1-.: ,,Ji,.i.Id

u1· -;1·1•ara tcJ l>y a ,;e n1icu lu u,

1'1:MTif'E,

ma11; conference a

lar ~ e •

N.,n:. -Tho wurtl
divi oi.i11 half

Hl'LE I :\. F1. l.l l'>'l 'i OF T1 11-: \"1-: 1:n. ·- In <·r1ntinuc1l senteuccs,
llilving a con1111 0 11 \·c rb , whi d 1 j,.. <.·x:•r('"" <'cl i11 one uf th e meml>l' r::>, but om itted in th e otli er:-;, tltl' ell ips is or the verb i::> marked
Ly a comma.

Ex 11 ;\f PLE>' r oit

Tli e Scn1i t:ol "n mark:i a <livi :s iun of a ::>1:11Le11 c1'. >i<Jll1ewliat
a nd m ore co 11tp lex Llian that u mrkl'd liy a c o 11u11; L

ready

man; wri t in ~ an exact man.
2 . Homer was th e grn1tcr gcniw-:; Virgil the better
arti:-;t.

3. Semiramis built Babylon; D i<lo Cart hage; and
H.omulus H.ome.
RULE l ·L :-;J1<11n Q1 ;0 TATIO!':-i. - A Khort fJ UOtation, or a sen·
tcn ce rcsc mulin l! a quotation, s huuld be prcceJeJ by a comma.

Ex .01 Pl .Es

FOR

P1u.. cT1c£.

1. The most ridiculous wca kn essc~s seemed to nw<·t in
the wrekh cd Solomon of \VLi t<·hall JH'dalltry lltlil; J,>1ll-r.\·
garrul ity low euriosity the most eo11temptible pcrsu11al
coward ice.
2. :\f c11 r!;a.'ioncd better for exampl e in the tinw () {'
El izahl't Ii than in the t iIlle of Eirbcrt
an<l thl'Y. a J...,u \ I T< d c
0
better poetry.
3 . .l\liltou was like Dante a statcs11w.11 and a lun:r a11J

..

..,,_

144

FIHST

LESSONS

fN

COMPOSITION .

l-15

PUN C: T l ' A 'J' l 0 .N.

"'· .

~'
.,,..

.

.

~\

/

/ .~ i ~

,.·· .. 1·.

like Dante h e had beeu unfortunate in ambition and in
love.
4 . You may quit the fiehl of' hu::;i11ess tho11gh not the
fiel<1 of da11µ:cr a11d t li\nigl1 you cannot be safe you nmy
cease to be ridi culous:
5 . This is an inco11si stcncy which more than anything
ebe raises his charaeter in 011r estimation Lccausc it shows
how llltlll y pri \·ate task:-; aw1 foci i ng;:-; he s:wrificeJ in orJer ·
to <lo what he cou::;idered hi s duty to maukinJ.

RULE

SENTE~CES CONNECTED [N MEANING. Bl !T Wl'l'lllll_" f

3.

\\'lien se\'nai ,;c11tl'llCC:i f11ll11w
each other, without any gramm atical depcnde11ce , li11t cunnt·l'led
ill rn ca11i Hg, tht:~y are usually sc11araled from each other by ,.;f~rni­

G1tAMMATICAL DEPENDE:SCE. -

'1:·

·.~~ .i

colontl.
E .<A~f P I .. E.

'' :--\hC' pre ~;-:(':-.; h r r 1·hild
l'l l l1_:li1·~ 11t<Jfe

....•ar:-; ber fant;y

rba11 an

1,,

h1 ·r h eart ,

..-. ht~ dro\\' fl ~

a11g1 ·I ' ...; t1111gtl1: ca11

it

i 11

l1t r

dt •1-1crd 1e .

EXA'.\ll'LES FVH l'H.Al'TICE.

1.

~1ot1t.'i

li\'1~ awl

grow \·t·getalilcs grow aJ11l li\·<· a11irnal,.; gr!•\\'

lt:L·l.

2. The s1111111wr rs O\'l'I' antl ).!:(lll\ ' tlw \\·i11l(T 1,.; iwr1·
with ib frosts and snow the \\·ind l11m Is i11 t lw (·11i 1111w\·
at 11i~l1 t tlic beast in tlic for(·st fc>rsakcs it,,.; lair tll(' Li rd..;
of the air S<'<'k tl1<· liahitali11n of' 111t•11.
:1. Tl ll~ kr 11 p Ii's a re profaned the sold i t•r's oat Ii n ·so u 1H ls
in the hou::;c of God the lllarblc pavement is trampled hv
iron hoofs liorses 11eigli Le.':iide the alt<.tr.

RULE 2. CLAt:sr:s HAVING A Co.M;1roN DEPE~DENCE. - When
several clau~e:-1 or expres:-1ions of :;i1uilar con:;t ruction follow each
other in a scr ic,-, all havin g a cnm111 o n d c p c rn~knce upon some
oilier clall :'if', tlil'y arc separated from (':1ch oth ('r by a sem.icolon,
and from the clau:;e 011 which they u.11 J c pend, uy a comma.

F.x A ~I r•u:: "Phil""' ]lh c r s n.''c rt, !.hat nn.turc i~ nnlimitc<l in her opera.
tiuns ; that s h e l1:t ~ i1H· xLrtu ~ tiLlo trl'as urcH in rcfl cn·c; lh(l.t knowledge will
alway s ho prog r ess i\·c; nn<l tbnt n il futnr o gencrnti o ns will continue_ to
tna.ke l_lisco veri cR. "

.
; :

Ru LE 4. T11 E CLA U:-iE AnnrTIOXA L. -- \Vhe11 a ,;t•ntu1c(·

1·0111-

plete in itself is followed by a clau:;e which i:i added liy \l'a y ., r

EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE.

1. 1\Ir. C rokl'r is perpNttaily tiLupping u:; in onr pro"."
g- rei-':-; tl1rougli the most dl·l i!-'.·lit !'111 narrali\'C in flic ln11~ 11:1 ge to observe that really Dr. Johnson was very rnde
that he tal k<~t1 more for vi<"tory than h e di<1 for truth that
.hi:-; tns tc for port wine with e:tpilliare in it was very odd
t hat Boswel l wa!:'\ irnpcrtin (' nt :rncl tlint it was filolish in
l\Trs. Thrale to marry the music-mast<'l'.
2. To µ;i\·t~ an early pn·ft·n·1we t11 l1nllor abo\·c gain
when they stand in <·ompl'lition tn dc..;pis<' e\·cry advantage which cannot be attained without <.h;h~nest acts to
brook 110 me:u11ws,.; :t]J(l to stoop to no dissi rnulations are
the indieut ions of' a great mind.

i ;:li
:
-1

;

··

i11fi:rf'nt'f', Pxplanation, or e1111mt•rati••11. tl11· additio11:tl 1·la11~'" if
for1J1ally intrwl11t:1"d liy sonw co nnecting word, i,.; t1t•p arat 1•d fr,,m
tl1 t'. 111: 1in ],"dv of !lit· ;;•.•11l\'11t·1· J,.,. :1 .~ ,·111i1">1"11 ; 111 11 , if 111 •·r1·lv
appr 11 dcd w1tl1011t any such co1111t•t:ti11 g word , l1y a col1J11.
l. Apply yuur8clf to

~tu1 l y;

for it will r r<l o un<I to y o nr hnwir.

'.!. Appl y yuur"' lf to stu1 ly : it will rcdountl t•• your hu11 ur.
NoTtr. 1.-SomP of th e connectini!: words
n1u11,-. /y. /(o·, l1ut, !/ et, f o uit, etc.

mo~t

C(JJlllllOnly

n~t'<I

f1,r

1hi ~

purpose arc

No,.E 2. -Th u wo nl 11 •. when used to c'ninect 11.n cx11mplc with " ru le.
!hould t_,., precc Lkd l.y a R\·rnicu lnn nn1l folluwcd liy 1L cum111a.

EXAMPLES FOlt PRACTICE.

1. GreCl'<' ha.<J given n,.; tlirc·e great historians n a tlll' l v
Herodotu::; Xt'11opl10n and 't'l11Hp1ide:<.
18

K

<

;

--·

''

(.~--~~;-~

~
•

··-

~t

I

\

f46

FIH8'1'

LB S80X8

l;.I

CO.ll1'081TlON .

2. Some writers d iv id(' the history of the world int1.1
fo1 1r ages viz. the gold en age the silver age the bronze
u.ge and the iron age.
3 . Som~ writers divid e the histmY of the world into
four age:-; the g olden ag(~ tl1e :-;ilvcr aµ;e the bronze age
aud tlie irua agL·.
4. Ci<'ero i11 iti:-; trrati;-;e un morals enumerates fout
cardinal Yirt·1w..; to wit Fortit11 •k Tel1111erancc Justii.;e and
Prmlr1we .

RU LE

5. A

GE:\FIL \

1,

T 1-:1t:1r 1:-< APPOS ITION TO THB PA1nrc-

UNDEI~

lT. - Wh e n a gr ncral t erm stands in appoSiition
to ,;cycra l oth er,; whi ch arc p:trti cul:trs und er it, the general term
ULA KS

is 8Pparated from thP part irn larn hy n sc m icolon, and the particu·
larSi are ~wp ara te d from each other by commas.
N•W E. -

ity ,

rr the

A~ we perceiv e til e " h:vl•1w t.o h :Ll"O me"· ~.{ 11. loog the dial, but •l iJ n" t l" ' r-

oeivo it

m o vi11~; u11J
~o

e ve r sa w it gru\\':

of

~ u o b in ~<Jll8 iltle

it appears th a t th o µ; rn~s ha s g r o wn , lhou.~h n " \ .. ,, !y
th o a.dvn..ncc s we m: tke in k1i1Jwl 1·· l~1: , a~ they cuu ~ i .:-1 t

s tops , M<J only peroeivu.ltlo l1y tlrn

H.cLE :2. B1:Fo1:E A
direct •j l1'>t a1i.,1 1; : 1..~ ,

t£t;OTATIO~.

tli ~luu cc.

-A colon

i~

u "rd brfi >re :i

bpt:u.kit1,L.': uf 11arty 1 P opo rna.k cs llii!i r e made: '' Tht: n~ ! 1(:'\" (•r ~' a -i :1 11 \
pa.rty, fa c.:t ivu, ~ l°t.:t , or cab :LI wha1::-1ue n .: r, i n wl1ich tl1 u ruu:-:t iµ;nurant wi_·rc
nut the 1no '.'lt vivleut ."

-

H.uu.; :>. ·y E,., A~D Ko. -Tli e worJ;; ?ft'" awl 110, wl 1e I1 i n
ans wer lu a q1 1c:-;Li(l 11 , :-d1 01dJ Li e tiillu1r ed i>y a c<>l<J!l, pronw ·q
the wn rd:-1 wlii ch foliuw are a cu11Li11uaLiua or repetition of tlil'
a11 s we r ; a:;, " Can these w o r1ls ndtl 1·igor to y our b c:Lrts ! \'es : they can tlo it ; th oJ
ha\·n u f l t·11 dnnv it. :'

c nu m e ri•t iun nf I ii·· 1·artinil ar; is g il"Cll with lllueh furrnul·

~tl ns t o tuak c the ..; e \·er;li c x 1 1 rt·~ :i iun ~ Clllll}' kx, cout aining cu mm :is of

thoir o wn, the n tlw-.; 1•:11·t i,.t1h r; 11111 .' t lw "'-'j':traleil frum tho gclleral t en~
by a c o J(Jn, a.uJ fr u lll ca e h ull1c r by sc111i l' u l0 n s ; n.~, -

Adjectiv e l'rorHln 11 ~ nro •l iv iticd in to three c l 1L~ses; Dis tributive, Dom an
st r atin;, >Lll• I I ndefinite.
Aoljcct iv o l'r 1 111ou11 ~ 1t r" di 1· id···l i11 t <> th""n throe cln""CS : fir ct, th o })j g.
tributiv c, whi e h nr n f1111r in 1111111 11, · r: ~ ri· ·11 n• i ly, th e Demon strative, whi ch.
rH tl fuur; nntl t hirdly, I.ho lnJ ctin1tc, whi ch 1tre nine.

- - ,. --oJt' r--~----

SE CTION II r. - The C olon.
Th e Colon marks a cliY isio n of a sentence more nearly complcf.e
than that of a se mi colo n.
H. U Ll·: l. G HE A TEil Drn :-< lf) :\;j OF co~lPLEX: SENTENCES. \Vh cn th e min or diri-<ion .~ of a co mrl ex sente nce contain a semi·
colon, th e great er di1·i .~io11::1 :;bould be separated by a coluu;

thus. -

147

PU N CT U ATTON.

EXAMPLES Fun l'n AcTrcr; ox Tllr: f{rr 1.1.:,;
Till': bE>llCOLO:\, A C'!J Tl!E

[To

T'l'.E ~frtrnf'.,. T. -T h i ~ m11.rk

puint Ol ,-;1J:.n· · k i ri.!

j ..

o

Fo1i

T!lE Cn >DU,

l'.OLu> .

i;; in 1'e rted :it th e pl:ire ., "hNe :~

d11t·. l

1. i\o on e d t·nic.s th:t t. tlwrc~ :LI'<' ~n·:dt·r p(1et-.; tl1:1;1
Horace o and mui.;h !t:tH lwcn :oaid in di'ip:tr: 1~i.;mc11 t t•\'t 'll
of :iO!il( ' of tJ1 e llH'l'its JllO:-<t pt1pt1hrJy :t .~;-; ig1 lt'd iu J1i11J:::
by s1 ·l l() Llr'-' \1·!10 ha\-L' o llL'Vt 'l' tlw k .'-'" ·:::> d,·\·()tcd .n ·:1r-: . . :·
hboriou;-; stu dy to t lw corrcd i1m of' hi.-; text ur tl u· 1·l1;1·id at io11 of' Iii .~ 11H•a11i11,;c: .
2. Satire alw:ws tends to <lw:1rf o and it c:rnnot E1i l
to caricature o hut poetry dot•.-; not Iii ng o i l' ii rl<w.s 11ot
· tcn<1 to enlarL:;C and <• .\ alto an d if' it (loc,.; nut si.;ek ra tht'r
to lwat l! i l~y t l1:rn d..J; ,r111.
:3. \\' l ien he invites Tyndar i;-; to l1is viila :::> 11i-e spot
is brought l1efore tlw eye o tlie she-goat-; IH'uwsing arnid
the arbtlll' :u1d wild tl1ylllL~ 0 tlie 11cl1l1J_v slopes uf lJ,.;.

!!

....····,

1-1 9

PUNCTUATION.

148

FIRST LESSON S I N C OMPOSITION.

ti ca o the g reen nooks sh elterc<l from the dog-star o the
noon-day en te rta inmen t o t he light wines and the lute.
-1. T he fu nd:u nm tal <'haraderistic of man is spi;itual
l1u11 gcr o t he universe of t hou g h t and matter is spiritual
food.
0. H e f<·t·ds on Nature o he f(·t~d s un i<lens o he feeds Q
_Ii rou g h art o sc ience o li te ra t m e o anJ history o on the
ud6 and thou g h tc; of otl wr 111 i nd s.
6. It must be observ etl o that in suggcsti ng these processes o I a.-;.<;ig n t hem no <late o nor do I even insist .
upon t heir order.
7. T his is an ia mbic line in 'vhi ch the first foot is
form ed of a \rnrd aud a part of a "·on1 o the second and
thinl o of pa r ts _tak en from th e body or interior of a
word o th e fo urth o of a part and a whole o the fifth o
of two complete words.
8. l\[dissa 0 like the bee 0 gathers honey from every .
wee<l o whil e Arachn e o like the spitlcr o sucks poison
from the fairest flowers.
9. The present li fo is not wholly prosaic o precise o
tame o :i.rnl fini te o to the i;iftcd eye o it abounds in the

SECTION IV. -The Period.
Th e P eriod marks the compl etion of the sentence.
R U LE I . CO MP L ETE :-iE :-<TE:\ cE;; . - Sentence; whi ch a re com plete in sense, an<l not connected in cu11:;tructiu11 with what tullow;o, an<l not exclamatory, or interrogatory, in tlicir charactt.: r,
should lie foll owed l>y a J..> erioJ.

R U LE ~- AFTER TITLES, ETC. - A period shuulJ be u:;ed a fter
the tit!<', or a ny of the headin g,;, of a book; afLer th e author's
name aml titl c:l, on th e ti tle-page ; after th e ad<lreso; of a per;;o u,
on a letter or note ; and after each :;ig nature to a letter or other
docum ent.

R U L F: 3. A n E it ABBR E VIATIO.:-<S. abbreviated word~ .

period i:; u:;cJ a fte r all

A

N oTI-: I . - Thu m o:i t co m111on 111dh o1l of 1dil1rnvi,•ti o n i 11 tu uge t h e fi r;; t
le tte r uf a wo rt! fo r t h e wh o le wu r<l, a s U. F rnuklin fur Be uj 1Lu>in Frankl in.
Som e tim es , in 1d.ibrc viatin g th " wo r<l , th e fir s t le tte r is. d u u 'I
u c <l ,· a.s, I' · f u r

pag e, PP· for p ag es, J\L fo r .\fo n~ic <H, Ml\L fo r M ess ie ur11. In 8uch '' " " ' "1 a
p c rio\l i ~ not iu sc r tctl betw een th e twu lett ers whi ch r<'pnist' nt t li P p lti r a l of
··"~ on e

w u rd. S o nt{'lir u t·.":I a. v.·,1n.l iR tdilJn: ,· iatc d by tak in g the fir ~ t. tw1 1 Pr t li r i·i~
· le tter s, a s En g . fo r En g l:i. nJ ; -<io m e tim es by t a kin g th e fir s t t.. lle r a nd tha
las t , a s ' Vrn . fo r \\' illi a rn , Ca. fo r Ca lif1.rnia; s om ct iuic s by tak ing tlw fi rst
le tte r anti 8•1111 11 leading lette r iu th e mi 1ldl e of th e wonl,

poetil·.

l O. Arc these t o lw conq11 en ·d hy all Europe nnit<'<l?:\o o sir o no united 11atio11 <'<lll be o that
the spirit
to n·suh·c not to be c·onq ucre\l.
11. Be onr plain answer tlii~ o Tlic throne we
is t he p<'o ple's ehoicc o the laws we rev erence arc our
bra vc fathers' legacy o the fa it Ii we follow t<:~aches us to--:_
live in bonds of charity \\"i th all mankin<l o and die with
hope of bliss bey ond th e g r::l.\'e.
12 .• Tlie J iscoursc consisted of two part~ o in the firs
was shown the uec(:!.-;sity of excrei~e o in the
the aJvantao·cs
that would res ult from it.
0

has

so uri, :\I ~ . f+ >I' nt<t nu ;.;er ip t . Iu th cr;o
th o e nd 11f tht;. •" H11l1i 11 1:d ktff'r ~ .

CIL toie:; , tlHi

}• CriuJ

iti

lo

!\'

Mo . for M i• -

l,u u .!'ied uul v ut

~

Non<: 2. - 'Vheu irn ahbrc v i1Lfed wo rd com es al th e cntl o f a • entmw•; , ii
, · is not n ecessa ry to u se two p e r i o d ~ . On e point i8 8uffir; i!'n t t <• mar k bnth

c-

-~~ the a.blirc vintiun and th e en 1l o f th o se n te n ce.

.
.

But if tl w con ,; lruct io u
r equi res 80 m e o t h e r p oi nt, a s t h e co m m a, se rni cu lo n, cul •n •. intt•r-r<•t:•d i.. u ,
etc., bot h p o !!l t>i m u s t. be i n ~ e r tc d, on e t o rn a rk th e g ra rnrnat ical con st rue-

c~ tion, the o th e r t o lll lLrk th e n.b hrC\" ilLl io n; llS, "Jle r cp o rte 1i the death of

~_ John Chnpman, M.D."

four, was ciirri cd off by

".J ohn Chn.pman , M.V ., a t the early age of twentydi~ c n s e."

_
NOTE :1. - \\' h en I wo o r m o re itbh rc vi a. t cd t itl es follow c•wh oth e r . t hev
,-mu11 t be Rll Jlllrai cd fro111 <' a ch oth e r by co mm as , ju Ht a s tL1 ·y W<•tdi l he·
,,writte n ou t in full. T hu s : '· Th o mnR Sumn e r , Doctor of Lli l" i 11 it y , l) .. ,-r ,,;
_ of Law s, Hi~hop of l.ond<•n ," itbhreviated, becomes, "Thot11a~ . Flum ne r,
- D.D., T,L. fl .. nl' · uf 1, ., ,,.J., 11. "

if

1:i

l(·

.;.

150

FIRST LESSONS IN COMP OSITION.

PU::'{CTUATION .
~.-·

NoTJi: 4. - Wh en tho l e tt e r~ of tho :\lphabct r1re used to represent num eral~, it i ~ customl\ry to iu~crt :t period at th!l end of caeh compl oted num oro.1 ;
:ts, Psa lUl s h ·., xx i., lxx :Hi., cxix ., cto. Wh en dates l\rc thus exp ressed, tho
wh ole numb er iM scpll rntoJ into poriods of thousands, hundreds, and the
portion less than a hundred ; o.8, i\1.D CCC. LXXL for tho year one thous&nd,
eight hundred, 1LUd seven ty-one, or ! Si l.
'

.Pope hall vnly a litLk o Lc l·:ui"c Dryden li<H1 1n1ii'l' .::;: 1; 1r
every other writer siu cc ~Iilton mu,;t g iYc place to Pnpt' 0
and even of Dryden it. mu,;t be said o tha t 0 if he ha~
brighter paragraphs o he lia~ 11ot better poems o
-

EXAM PLE::> FOR PRACTICE.

1. E xcellence in conversat ion depends o in a great

measure o 011 th e attai nm l'lll~ which one lms made o if o
therefo re o education is neglected o conversation will
become trifling o if pervcrtctl o corrupting.
2. Th e laws of Plioroncus were established 1807
B C o those of L)"<'mgus o 88-t B C o of Draco o 623
BC o of ~olon o 587 BC o See chap vii §xiv if 7 p
617
3. The reader is reqnc.-;kcl to refer to the followirrg pas..
:;;ages of Scripture o Ex xx 18 Deut xx 21 2 Sam xix 2
4. Bought o o n 9 mos cred it o t he following articles o
-! yds 3 qrs 2 n of bro::uk1oth at $12 a yd o 6 gals 1 pt
2 gi of vinegar at G5 cts a gal o and 3!- conls of wood
at $7.50 a cord
5. Poetry was not t he sole praise of either o for both
e xcclll'd likewi;.:e in prn~c o hut Pope did not borrow
Iii:-; prose from li is pn:dc<'csso r.
6. Dryclcn's page is a na tural field o risi1;g into ineq ual itic;; o :lnd di wrs ifit·d liy the varied exuberance of
ubund:rnt Yrgcta t ion o Pope's is a velvet law~ o shaven
by the scythe o and lc\'C'l le<l by the roller.
7. Of ge nill s o tlint power which constitutes a poeto
that qu:-i.l ity withnnt which judgment is cold o and
knowledge is inert 0 that energy which collects 0
b ines o amplifirs o and animates o the superiority
must o with some 11 <'."it;d ion o be all owed to Dryden o
8. It is not to Le in ferrcc1 o that of t his poetical vigor

com-

SECTION V. -The Interro gation P oint.
An Interrogation Point i:s u:;ed for marking queHtions.
RULE . DIRECT QCE.'.;TIONS. - The Interrogation Point ;;hould
be placed at the end of every direct question.
NOTE . - A direct qu est ion is one in r cgul rir form, r eq uirin g, or itt least
admitting 1\n answer ; iis, "Why do you negl ec t y our duty ?" An i 11 Jirect
qu es ti on is one that is merely reported or spo k en of; as," He inquire.I why
you negl ected y ou r duty."

SECTION VI. -The Exclamation Point.
The Exclamation Point is used for marking 11trong em()tion .

Rur,e 1. -Tlw Ex clamat ion Point. n111;.t IH· 11 s<•d at thl' <.:1 0~0
of eve r:-' sentcn cP, clause, or gramrnatical ex l'rei:;i; iun, i11t~ 11 deJ to
convey strong emotion.
RULE 2. -The Exclamation Point must be used after an inter·
j ection ; as, -

Fie o n him! Ah me! Oh! it hurts me.
father Al.m.ham ! 0 Lord!

Oh that I coul d find him! O

Non~. - Wh ere the in terj ection docs not st.an1l by itself, but fo rm s part
of a sentl'nce, clause, or exp re~s i o n, th e excll\mati on p oint sboul<l be placed
at the cut! of th e wb ulu expression, and not immediately after the interj ection; as, "0 wr utchcd state! 0 bosom black as deat h!"

.·_;:

152

Ru 1,E ;3, - \\'h ere the cmotiua to be exprc.'!sed is very strong,
more th<m on e exclamatio n puint i,.; sometime:; used; as, "That
man "i rtuou,; ! ! You might as well preach to me of the virtue
of J u<la::> 1:-icarioL ! l"

153

PUNCTUATION

FIRST I , ESSON A 1 N C OM POSITI ON•

9. Hoo trumpet..<; o sounJ a war-note o
10. Oho wa.-; there ever such a knig ht o in fri~ndship
01 in war o as our sovereign lord o King Henry o the
soldier of Navarre o

E XAM P L E.-; FOl{ PitACT ICE.
NoTJ>. _These cxaiup lc:l, thoug h illl cndcd mere ly fo r illustrating tho
Rul o; for th e llllLrk s o f In tu rru glll iun t•llll E xcla mu.tion, will yet serve the
inci1kllt:d purpu'<.l ul' r cvifnv ini; al l the 11rc1:cdi ng rul es.

1. Why o for ::;o many a yea r ohm; the poet wandered
amid tl1l~ .l'ragmcnts of Athc11s aml Romeo and paused o
wit Ii st ra11ge aml k i ndl iug feeli ng:-; o am id th..eir broken
columns o t heir mouldering temples o their deserted
plains o
2. G reen_' o indeed o fi:ll o but how did she fall o
Di<l :-;he fall like Baby lon:::::> Did she fall like Lucifero

nev er to ri se again o
i{oust: 0 - ye Rom: 111 :-; 0 rou ~c 0 ye slaves 0 I
-!. Down o suot h kss i11sult L'l' o I t rust not the tale o 5. Han~ you eyes o Cuultl yo u on t his fair moun tail\,
lea\·e to feed o and batlen on thi:-; moo r o Ha o have
yo u £·p·s o ·y\lll (':t1111ot, l'all it Jo ,·c o for o at your age.o
the l tt· v -<hY in the blood is tam<', it·~ humbl e, and waits
ll p (111 t.lit• j1~ clg;11H ·11t o and wh at judgment would step from .

a.

t his to tl 1iso

6. Charge o Chc.-;ter o charge o on o Stanley o cn'o _
7. Whoo in a sea-fight o evrr thought of the price_;~ '

of the chain \\'hi ch beat:-> out the brains of a pirate o or -,.._,
of the otlu r of the spl in ter \\'hi eh slintt(•rs his leg o
8. King Charl es o forsooth o had so many private :,;virtues o And had Jam es no private virtues o Was .even·
Ol iver Cromwell o his hitten~st. enemi es t.hemselvt>~ Lein~ jlldg( '~ o dc·st it u te of pri,·:ite virtrn·:-; o Ancl whato
afkr all o arc the virtnes a.-:;(·rih(•tl tu Charles o

SECTION• VIL-The Dash.

The Da.':lh is u,;ed chiefly e ither to BJ.ark a sudden change or
inwrrupti o n in the 8tructure of the sentence, or to mark sorne
elocutionary pause.
RULE 1. CON8T1tUGTION CHANGED. - A Dwih i::; u:-Jed where
the constru cti on of the ::ie ntencc il:i abruptly broken off or cha nged;

as,Wad th ere ove r a bo ld e r captain of

-

lt

more vali u.nt band? W as there o,· c r

but I 8co rn to boast.

R U LE

2.

UNEXPEf'TEn C HANG E IN THE -SEN TIME NT.-The

Das h is Hornct im e,'I uRed to ma rk a i;udllen and unexpected chan ge
in th e se ntiment; lL'l, H o h n1l no rn:i.li<i!' in hi >< mindNo ruflt os on lti x Rh irl.
R ULE~ . E~lPHATIC GENERAl.lZATION. - A Dash is so n wtim c·~
used to mark the tran:-;i tio n from a su cce,,.H ion of partic ulars to
111ome emphat ic ~eneral expre;sion whi ch includes them all ; a.~,He wa~ witty, lc arno<I, indu strious, J'lanxih lP-, -

RULE

4. ELOCUTION ARY PA usE. -

ereryth1:11;1 IJUt l1<•lleC't.

A Da.<;h is sometime:; used

to mark a si!-( 11i fka nt pan se, wh ere there is n o break in

i h & i;ram -

matical co 11 :;tru d io n ; a::<, Yon h a ve ),( i ven th e com111and to a pcrRon 11f illu gt rioaR hir tb, of 1u"; i1, nt
_.._,-. f!j,rnily , of innu merable Bl1'lue~, but - of no ex p erience.
'I:

.

,,i,_~

1:)-l

FIRST L ESSO.NS IN C0 )1l'OSITION.

HLTLE [) . l~HETOHf CA I·. J\u·ET IT IO:-. -

\\'li e n a word or an

ex 11 rc:-<s ion is rep eatc<l h1r rliet1> rica l purpo8e:;, th e constru ction
bei ug begun an ew, a Dash :; houl d be iu:;c rte<l Lefore each such
rcpetitio11 ; iU>, S b1'1l I , who wns bo rn, I llli g ht nltu u ~ t sa y, but. certain ly b roug ht up, in
the te nt uf uiy fat he r, thut mo st ex ce llent genc rnl - ~ h a ll I, the conqueror
of S J> n in and <lllul, an<.l not o nl y of t!J c Alpino nation s, but of tho Alps
themi:sc l\'es - sh a. 11 1 com p1He myself with thi s half-year capta in?

PUN C TUATIO~.

l

!)!)

H.uu;; 0. QUESTION AND 1\ :->swnc- If qu eKti on anJ a n::!wer,
in::! tead of 1Jegi1111ing ,;cparate lin e,;, arc run iuto a parag raplt, th ey
i;lw uld Le separatcu IJy a da::1 li ; a::1, \\'li o m a u o yo u ? - God. Wh ll t else d itl Go d ma k e?- Uod iuad c ii l l
thi 11 g,-. Wh y did Uou make y o u llnd all thing s? - <lod ma.ti e all thing s fur
Li s vwn glory.

EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE.

G. REFLEX APPOSITION. - Words at the e nd of a sent ence, auJ s tanding :;om cwhat detached, a nd referring back by
apposition Lo preceding pa rts of the sen tence, sh ould be separated
from the previou::1 portions by a Da.'lh ; as, RULE

Th e fou r greates t nn.m e~ in Engl ish poe t ry 1lro among the first we come
to, - Chau cer, Spense r, S hak ~ p care, and M il ton.
Kiugi:s and their s ubj ec ts, ID nstcrs and thoi r sl:\\'es, find a common lcvol in
two p l ace~, - nt th e c ross, anti in th e grave.

R( L E 7. T1rn DASH PAREN THETI CAT .. - Parenthetical expres"ion,; arc sonwtim c!-1 included between two Dashe:;, instead of the
u,.;ual sig ns of parenth es i,.; ; a.s, Th o s mil e of a chi ld - 1dwnys so r c1i<l y wh en the re is n o di stress, and so '
8oon rec urrin g wh e n th at d istress has JHl S8Cd away - i s liko an opening of
tho ~ ky, s h owin g h oM·en h cyon1l.
Th e 1-.rchc ty pcs, the id ea l f11 r111 s ,,f t hi ogR with out, -if not, ns some philoso ph ers h >L \·c sn.i1l 1 in 11. mct1iphy s icid se nse, yot in o. moral scnse,-exist
wi1hi11 u s.

1. A lmost all kimls of rnw material extracted from
the interior of th e ea rth o m etals o coals o pre('ious
stunes o a1Hl t he 1i kc o are obtaiwxl from m i ncs <li t1i:ri ng iu fert ili ty.
2. The inferi ority of F rench cult ivat ion o wh i<'h o
taking the eo nntry as a whol e o must be allowed to be
rl'al o thoug h much exagge rated o is prob:dJly more
o wing to the lower average of in d ustrial bkill in that
co untry o than to any :-::pecia l cause o
3. Each of t hese great and evpr m emorab le st rnggks o
Saxon again st Xorman o villein agaiust lord<:::> J\llu11dheaJ against Cavalier o Dissen ter agai11s L Cl1un·li man o .Manchester against Old Sarum o wa.s o i11 it s
o wn order arnl season o a strugg le 011 tl 1e n·;.;ult of
whieh were staked the dearest in terest-; of' t l1 e l1um a11
raee o
-1. Tillle wa.-; ,.,,
ir ro wirw to Le of hi grh worth o a n<l o
frolll ca uses whi <' h justilie(l a good deal c though 111Jt
(1uitD all o of their delay o th e Euglis h at this ti111 c ·w ere
~

Rur.E 8. TITLES RUN JN. - ·w h en a t it le', in stead of standing
in n lin e by itRelf, o ve r a pnrnµ;rnph, is ru11 in, so as to make a
part o f t h e paragraph, it ,.;hould lie :;eparntcu fro m the .rest of the
lin e. by a <l ash; a.~, f'nrnr.1TY TO Oon. - '\\' l1 at1wc r stiit ion or mnk Thou sh a lt assign me, I
will 1li c te n tho us tind d eath s soo ner t lrnn nl;an do n it. - Sncrates.

?\1' oTP:. - Tf, nt. th e c n•l of a pl\rngmph , th o niimc o f the author or of the
~wo k from w hi c h the parn~rn p h hn s h c1•11 t1<k1·n is g iven, it is separated from

th<: re s t

or

th o pnragmph by a das h.

th e. p reced in g oxam 11le.

Seo th e word &crate, at the end of

Lohin<lhand o
5. T hough o as I wns saying o it is u11l y the shallow
part of one's heart o I i magi nc that the deepest li ca rt'l
have their sh allows o w hi ch can be fillc•d by it o still it
bring='> a shallow r elief o
G. Herc l i1 ·s th e grf•at o Fals(~ marble o 'vhcrc o Nothing but so nl i<l d ust lies here o

' ~ I

156

Fl lt S T

L ES8 0:'.' 8

IN CO MPO S ITION .

G ree< '(! o C a rtliaµ;l' o H o 1uc o where are they o
~ . '' 1 pln11ged r ig ht into th e debate o and" o "Did
n ot say a word to t he p oin t o of course" o
9. T i1e es::1c 11<'c or all poetry ru;ty be said to consist in
three tl1i11 µ;s o i11Yentio 11 o expression o inspiration o ,
10. "How are y ou o Trcpi(l o l iow do you feel tod:iy o Mr. Trqiid '!" " A g reat d eal worse than I was o
t h:lll k you o al 111 0 ,; t dead o I am obliged to you " o
" ·w hy o Trcpid o what is th e matter with you" o "Nothin g o 1 td 1 you o nothin;..( in particular o but a great
deal is tli c matte r with m e.in ge neral" o
1.

SECTION VII 1.-The Parenthesis.

on ?, h owover, bein g an gular, th e oth er cur ved, 11.nd are al 8o in so 111e
lik ~ tbo latter iu sign iticnti on and u se.

Rtit.E. - \Vonl,; in serted in th e body of a sentence, and nearly
o r ciui te in de pende nt of it in m eanin g and construction, should
be iu closed with th e marks of parenthesis.

I
i

S ECTJON IX . - Bra ckets.
IlrackeL-; are used tu inclo:sc in IL f'entence a word, or words,
whi ch do nut f'o rrn part of the o ri g inal composition .
N oTE L-Il rack ets ar c so mewh at lik o th o ma rk s of parenthesis in form,

re~ 11 oct s

N o1'11J :.!. - B rac k ets a rc u sc1l to in clo so a sentenoo, or a part of:• sente nce,
within tho hotly of nu oth e r sc ut ence," and thu s far llre like th e m arks of
parenth es is. But th e mntt or in clu ckd within brnc k ot; j :i c ut ircly int.lepc nd e nt of th e se nte nce, a nd so difTers from wh1Lt i ~ mere ly pare11th et ieal.
Furtli N , th e n111tt cr within th o brack ets is usually in s .. rt ed by onl· wri t<·r to
co rrec t or ;1tld tu wlrn t h:is hee n writt e n 11y an oth er, whil e t h e 1 •~H c 11thc ,;i i
is ll ]>!trl of the ori g iunl co mp o:; iti un, and is writte n by th e sa me ]' Cr""'
t.hat wrote th e res t of the sentence.

R ULE. - fn co rrecting or modifying the expres>i i0n >1 of a111>t h u -,
by inticrtiug word,; of your own, th e words tl1u1:1 ill ,;e rted ,;J10uld
be inclm;e<l in brackets; as, A soft ILDSwer turn [ti.:rn s] llway w11ath .
Th e numb er of our day ~ arn [ i ~J with th et> .
Th o letter [whi ch] y ou wrote mu o n Saturday cam o dul y to hand.
The captain had sev e ral men [wh o] t.lied on the voyage.

Th e l\fa rb o f I'n rcnth e:;i;; a rc u ~_sl to in clo;;e words which.have
little o r 111> co nn edion \\'i th t he re,;t. o f t h e sentence.
J\on :. - ~0 111 o t ime" co mma s, ant.I sow et illl os dn.shcs, nre u sod instead of
t ho c un·ed lin e,, to in closc \Y Ord s th 11t a rc of a parenth etical character, and ·
it is not al w11ys cnsy to d elc rlllin o wh en to u se one of th ese mod es, and wh n ..
tu u:1e an oth e r. I t mfly be 11b:<on- cd, in i;e n ernl, thnt the curvod lines mo.tit
tho g reates t < l •!g r ~c o f ~c p 11 rnt io n fro 1u the rc;ot of th o sen tence; the dai!he~,
th e u cxt g rea tes t ; anti th o com urns, t ho least so pamtiou of all • .

] ;)7

PUNCTU.ATIO:N.,

EXAMPL ES FOR I'HACTI CE.

1. LAST vV01rns OF R E MARJ{ABLE l\IE~ 0 The last
words of Ral eigh were o " \Vhy <lost thou nut :-; tri k c o
Strike o man o" t.-0 the executioner o wl10 was pattSin ~ o The last of the Duke of Buekinµ:l1 an1 o "Tr:t itor o th ou ba.'olt killed me o" to the a.-.;,;a.-.;,;i11 F(·lto11 o
The las t of Charl es 11. o "Don't let poor :\,·I l_v ,;(;1r \·1· o "
referring to Nell Gwynne o The la;;t of \Villiam II I. o
" C an thi s las t Jonµ: o" to his pli.'·,;i('ia11 o T he la ~ t of
Lo<·Kc o "C(•a,;c nnw o ' ' to Lad.v l\larkl1 :..i 111 o "lw k ul
j,l'l' ll lT :l .J j l 1'..!'. ti l\ ' l' :-';t l 11l c' ( " JI j Ill 0
'.2. lf w e l'X('n ·i :-;, ~ rif.(ht pr i rwiplcs o a11d \\"(' , ·a1111<•t.
han• tli e rn unh·.",; we l'X!'l'<' i:-;e t li(' 111 o t hey m1 1.- L lw i"' I"
pt't1 1ally n n tl1 e i11 ere:1,.;<· o
:3. A. re yon st i J l o I fe~u· you arc o far from lw i ng
'
('.Olll fiirt:tl ii r ;;d r kd o
4. Sh e l1ad ma naged this m at t er so well o oh o how
l4

158

F IIrnT

L ESS ONR

r N c o M POS TTION.

artful a woma n she was o hu t my fath er's heart was gone
before I s usp ecte<l it was in danger.
5. Know then this trnth c enough for man to know o
Vi!-t uc alone is happiness below o ·
6.
Our last king 0
\Vhose image even but now appeared to us o
\Vas o as you know o by Fortin bras of Norway c
o Thereto prick'd on by a most emulate pride o
Dar'd to the combat c in which our valiant Hamlet
o For so this siJe of our known world esteemed

itimo
Did slay this Fortin ~11s o ,
7. The E gyptian s ty l e ~N, architecture o see Dr. Po<·o('k o not liis di sc:ourscs.o but his prints o was apparently the mother of the Greek o
8.
Y ct o hy your gracious patience o
I will a round unvariti:s-hed tale deliver ·
Of my whol e <'ourse of love o what drugs o what
('harms o
What conjuration o and what mighty magic o
o For such proceeding I am charged withal o '
I won his daught€r o

SECTION X. -Quotation Marks.

A Qu otation i:,; th e intro<lu ction into one's discourse of a word · "·-'
or of words uttered by som e one else.
·
Non:. - Tho mark s of quotlllion lll'O twu invcr tod commas ('i) at th"
• boginning, 1uHI two apo strophoM(") al th e end, of tho portion ~uot~d. _'

:<u r.r: 1. -

A word or wonJ'°i introrlu ccd from some other author

should be inclu;<e<l by quut.ati on marks.

PUN C TUATION .

159

Ruu: 2. - \\' hen a quotation incloses within it another quota·
tion, th e extern a l quotation ha.s the double marks, an<l th e one
included has only the single marks ; as, It lt1to been well said, " The co1111onnd, 'Thou slrnlt not kill,' fo rbid ti many
cri111 cs bes ides tlrnt of murd er."
Som e one has sa.jd, "What ,rn argument fo r prayer ie oontain eJ in t he
..,orJs, 'O ur Father which art in heaven!'"

EXAMPLES FOR PRACTICE.

1. This d efinition o Dr o Latham o from whom we
borrowed it o illustrates o in his work on the o Eng lish
Language o p o 359 o by the expression o a sharpcdged instrument o, which m~ns an instrument wit h
,;!tarp edges.
2. The words o all-wise o , o incense- breakin g o,
o book-seller o, and o noble-man o are compounds.
3. o There is hut one object o o say;-; A11g 11st inc o
o greater than th e soul o and that one is its Creator o o
4. J,et me make the ballads of a nation said Flctd 1er
of Salto~m and I care not who makes the laws
5. \Vhen Fenelo1l's library was on fire o o Go<l be
praised o o said he o o that it is not the dwelling of a
poor man o o
(i . o Stop a moment here o o said Corinne to L on i
.Nt!vil o as he st.oo(l under the portico of the cl11m·l1 ei o
pansc before drawing asi<le the curtain whi ch co\'l· rs tli e
entran ce of the temple o o
7. A <lnmkard once reeled up t.o \Vhitefi eld with tlir~
remark o o Mr o \Vbitctiel<l o I am one of your con ·
vcrts o o I thiuk it very likely o o was the reply o
o for I am :,;ure you are none of God's o o
8. Sir WaltRr Scott's 110vel o o Guy l\la1rneriu~ cc
-is one of his b<'-St.

160

FlR S T

I,ESSONS

IN

1 f) l

PUN C TUATION.

COMPOSITION.

14. The Title -page of a b ook is tlrnt whi ch contain s the titl e, a11 d io<

SECTION XL - Apost roph e , Hyphen, Caret, etc_. ,
Nrrr E. - Th P o ch e r m a r k tJ H ~<·tl iu com poi:cl t io n a r e ith er so p11 n• Jy g rammati caI: or
t hr y n· lat ~ · i-to rnu c b m u n · to pri11ci11 g than t o n11tho r Hhip, th a t tin• conl"( idc ration of
lh e m muy lie 1h-:J pf\td 1eJ ,-c ry b r ic ll y,

L T h o A f•Mt r o pb e ( ' ) i ~ a cu wm :• pl ttcc<l aboq i th e lin e. It is used
'hi c ll y t.o ma r k th e o mi ~:i i o n o f 11 let ter o r o f leltNs; a ~, O'e r for ov er,
2 . Th e H y ph e n ( - ) is ll 80J tu se 1mrnre a c•Hnp u un ,I wo rJ into its cons t it u e11 t. p in t •, o r to di,· iJ e a won ! i11l u it s sy llabl es fu r t he purp ose o f showin g th o pro nu11 e iu. t iou ; n.~ , N t: 1> ~ Platu11i e, dc - riv - 1\ - tiv<~.
::L Th o C aret ( ,\ ), t1 81·1 I 1· hi oll y in 11rn11u ~e ript , sho1.-s \Yhere SO!Jl ethiag
h o.s boon o rnitt cJ, n nJ aJt e rwllrd in te rlin ed ; fl 8, -

lii s
Il e h n,; j u ~ t fini ; h cd ,\ le tt er ,

ii . Th e l' arn ~rn ph ( ~ ), i11 sc rt c1l in :t m a nu ~c ript , ,f e nut es that a pnra·
g ra ph s h uuld begi n at that p oint.

se n~rnl

Th e L itl'1id " am {

it e ms und er one head; ae,_

~:'

*'""'

di re rcs i ~

IH"

tl111:c, th e long ( • ), the sh o rt ( v), and the

JO, Th o C!•d il lit iR it mnrk lik e a co 111m11 pl nt'c •l nrHlc r tho letter o, in
w11 rd s t a k en f rn u1 th o Fre n c h, t u d e no te t lrn t the let te r ha s in that cnse the
:;o und of s; a s , fo ~ttd e [ pro nuun ced/a-urd] .
11. i\fark s of R e fer e n ce are tb o 1ts tc ri s k o r s t a r ("' ), the <fagger ( ·r ), tho..
d o u b le dagger ( t }, t h e sec t io n (
p1trn lle l lin e s ( 1: ), th e pnrngrnph (cu).
12, L end e r s 1i re d o t~ u ~ N l to cn rry t he eye fr o m wunl s at the beginning
of I'• lin e to so m e thi ng nt. th o e nrl with which _they >ire c onnected; Thue,

e),

}~ !_vH1 0 l o J,!"y.

Sy11tnx .

pogo 7
14
87

J 3. v uub !(J r.om m a, invert cJ are u sca to s no w thnt a word is to bo supp li ed fro m t.h e lin o nho ,·c.
u

book .

20. Tt 1dicR aro lc tt.cr w i111•l i11 vd to tlt e 1-i!llit. They arc so call ed licc:rn ' e
type of thi ; ki!i•I wa; fir :< t u sed hy Italian printc r R.
NOT£ 1. - Iu 111a11t1sc r i pl , u 11 c liu e dra wn uuJc r a wo rd ~ h o w !'l t l1at i t sh ould he
Hu t~ , tli a t il s l111ul 1l ii~ p r iu lt.:d ill C.APll'ALS.
o ppo~r •l

i11 kMALL f ' A Pl 'l' .\ l. :-1;

(See c :rnmple un 1le r No . I 2, wh e re " eu p plies tbe place of 'the word .
pt\.ge. 11 )

n u d tlir•'•'

Onli 11a. r y kt t e r 8 1Lrl.._· c1dlt' 1 l 1-\1,rnun, a•

to rt a li c,

NOTE:!. -

So 111 e wri ll.! r~ u i;c ltul kM to mark t.: IHIJliatic v.· onl1'.

foolish \Jevke, allll cn11not

i,,. t .. o

Tl1i ri irJ a weak a fl d

struni>lY comlumnetl.

NOT E. 3. - Ju l li c t:1 1g l i:-1 l1 n il,Je, wun l~ are !J rl llt~d in it aHc t o toil; v w that th l' Y are
not in th e ori g iual, l111t a rt· H11µpli t>1 l by t11 e tra11 ~ lat o r~ to t:o mpl t-"tB th t· mf·fu 1i 11 J.C.
lYJ1C lll' C

t he fo ll o wing:

EngHsh, a, 1, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, 1, 111, n, o.
P ica, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, l1, 1, J, k, 1, m, 11, u, j>, q, r.
Small Pica, a, b, e,

a,

e, f, g, h, i, j, 1', 1, m, u, u, p, ' l·
Lo1,1,g l>rim i: r, a, L, c, d, e, g , Ji, i, j, k, I, 111, n, o, p, q , r, "'·
Boury eo·i.~ ,

t:

a, li, c, d , (', f, g, h, i, j, k , l, m ,

11,

o. p, q, r,

Brevier, n., b, c, 1!, e, f. IL · h, i , j , k, I, rn, n, o , p, q , r ,

( -- ).

Ort h o,cTttJ1l 1 ~·.

0

· 2L Th e prin c ip id kind s uf

7. Mnrk s o f F:llip ~ i s llre ~ o m et i111 cs 1t I o n~ da ~ b , so m etim es n succession
o f l! tn. r ~ . nr o f p o i n t i< ,: a s, H e <len1> U!I L'(•t l C---~ [Co ng r e• s] for its ven a.1 -ity, and threat c n e 1l to imp enc li W
[ W c l" ll' r ] . and A .. ,, [Adam8).
8, The Acce nts are three, tho a c ut e ( '), th e g rnv c, ( ' ), nod the circumll cx ( A) ,

9. Th e mark~ o f Qunntity

18. A Frunli :< l'i ccc is n. pi c ture " l'l"'"it•; tu the title -page .
19. A \'ign c l.t e is IL s 111 u ll pi ct ure, nu t ucc upying a full pug1· , hu t rni xe l
np with other tuu.ltc r, either on the titl e- page , o r in irny oth e r 1.:u t ,,f 1h 1>

printl-d iu ila/ frs; t wo liw·n, that it Hh o 11l d lw print ed

4. Th e In dc.x , o r !l a ud ( jl.-<J- ) calls 'l'cr rnl a tte nti on to n s ubject; as,
~ .... 'J'ert n:-i , i nvn.r iu hly cn~ h i n adnu1t•c .

fl . Th e Brace ( {) i s u sed to co un e<'t.

'nsually tli e fir s t pag e.
15. Ituoning Titles , or H e ad -lines, plac ed at th e t up of th e J" •gc t u ""'• W
the eulij cc t., nre u ou u.lly prin ted in ci•pita ls,.o r s rnidl c:\pil >d :<,
16. C1tption 8, or S uli-hcuds, arc h eadings pluceJ uvcr chupt c r ~-0r s ect i<>n•,
hut et:rntling iu th e b ody of the' p a ge, n ot n l th e top.
17. S id e head ; tLrc titl e s ruu int o, o r rna<lc p a rt lJ f, th e lin e,

Jlfinio,,, a , b, c , d , e, f, µ; , h, i , j, k , I, u1, n, u , p. 11, r ,

fl. .

~.

t, u, v, w ,
t. u, v, w, .x , y , a .

.iVonpure.i'I , u. , b. c, d, t', f, ~. h , L j , k . 1, rn , ll , 11, p. q. r. H. t, 11. v . w, x, y ,
.AgaU, n., h, c, d, e, f. g, Ji, i , j , k, I, n1 , 11, o, p , 41 , r , R , t, n , v, w , x . _v, E.
Pearl, ll, b, c, d, r: , r. g, h, t. J. k, I , Ill, u , o , p, 4 , r. A, I, u , v, "· :r, y, ' ·
D&~'#Wl'&d, a , h, c, J, e, ( , i· h , i . j, Ir. , I, m , n , o, Ji, 4, r , •. I , u,
Urll.\•ol. a, b,,

OJ,

.i, •·

r,

1. b, i , j , k. I, "' • n.

iio ,

p. 'i · r. •. t. " · •, "'·

Y, • . • ,
t,

1,

~ . t, 11 , v .
L

it

*

L

part of the printing b u s inc:;s, i,; p utt iug niu.tte r in

L

~.;

~

1. • .

'type, or "'·ttin g n p th e· t yp P.
24. Th e a mou nt o f p ri 1d cd rna t l n i ~ cu unt cd by"""· I hut is, hy the n u m. ber of sp a ces o f th e k 11 g t li ,,f th e lette r 111.
- 25. A Foliu i• a lc11r or Rhuct uf pitµer with a. ~ ioic l ~ fol d , that is, w a k in g
two lea veH o r fo u r l"'-g'OR,

14

l·,;;
l ....

7..

22. Lead s aru thi11 plu t cti of t y p c- rnl'luL liy whi c h th e li ues m n.y b e 8paced
further n pint. :'l!ntte r thu s s1mce J i8 s a i<l to \oe /e,.,/,·d, Matter no t IPa<lr:<l
i R cn. tl o<I snlid .
23. Comp o:; in g , ns

i~;f

I,; ?:~?~f ~-.

"'i ·'' ' -

! :'.,

i ,,; ,i(t;.~.: ;.~JJ

i '~J.~:rf~;·.~:~ .

l~;\·:,_
Pi~ • .
;f·~: .~-"'

.·
162

FlHS1'

LESSONS TN COMPOSI TION.

PUN CTUATION .

26. A bo ok is c:tlled a F o li o wheu the ~beets on whic h it is p rinted ar'e
so foldt' d th11t o:•oh ~heel llla kos but two lo:i.ves. It is c1ill od o. Quarto, when
each sh1· l'f. 11rnk cs four lc lL\'Co; nn OetfLVO, when each nrnkes eight leaves ; a
Duod ec imo, when <:aob make s lwch·e leu ,·es; n 16mo, 18mo, 24mo, 32mo,
48mo, 6·1rno, \16mo, etc., acconli 11 g !l~ c1Lc h sheet makes 16, 18, 24, 32, 48, 64, •
or IJ6 leaved.

NOT!'.:. - J r thl:!t •tllotu.tio11 h11 d1a11 h .. d l11 lh1: iudirn·t fu r111 , 1111 " ~q>ital wil l \, .. 111 · ;~ .1 , ii
t\l thtj poiut wL e r o th o qu o tativn IJeg l11 s; u..:i, Piu tan.: '1 ~H.\ :"l tlmt IJ 111 g iH thr \'i t·1· "'

•lav..,,..

Ru1.~ 10. CAPITALS USE B f'Olt FIGHllES. - Ku111lier; "'r" sv trn· ti rn ~" r" l'resc nteJ 1.y capital let t ers; uH1 J. , IL, lII., I\'., ere.
N OT F.. - 111 n ·ft! ITi11 g- to pu:.;tmg-1·H i11 liuuli:;i, it is ,.,. . ,..Y f· 111~1 111 11 11 f11 111111il•t•r !lw t.: l1H.ptr~ r .
IJ(10k 1 :-it•rti1111s, dt' ., i11 tlli~ wny.a 11d ti > l 1i•g i11 \\' illi a nqd 1al n td 1 11a11i1' , .f flw 1l i,i·11 .. 11

111 t• ntit11H'd , u .; , '' "lill'!I Po lit ical Enmo111y, \'ttl. l., lh•l1k IJI. , ( ' l nqi . J\·. , :-: .w. Y I ., J•.
;,j:S .' ' l f tin· l°\·t\•r1· 111· pN on• 1111111 c r1111~, UdH m1·1fi , ,.l i.-t f 11 t111 d I!• In · ·· 111 11 !,. · r-..u!u" a 1iil

U11 8ig:l1tly, aw l

SECTION X ll. - Capita ls.
Ru Lt: I. T1TLt:. PAGf:fi A:-<n HEAIJl:-< GS. of e h1L[llc rs ' huuld be entirely i11 c:tpitlllH.

Title-p1.1 ges and the heading•

RPu: :./ . 1' 11 1-: F11t)<T W o 1w 1:-1 A B oo K, ETC. -The fir st word of every
li•wk, t m er, es" ".\', et c ., and o f "'·c ry c hap te r or section, also of every letter,
n11lo, ur writing of iLny kind, •houltl Ul·gi n with a capi t a l.
Il1 • 1.1-;

:1. T11 E F rn~T W o 1w 1:-1 A f: ~:li n:NcE . -The firs t word of every Ben-

tcu cc ti h o ulu heg in w ith n. cap ital.

·L N uumrnEn CL A 1 · s t:~. - Clauses, wh en separately numbered,
s hould l1t·gin with a capital. though uol Hc'J•ttmte d from each other by a
1\.1 · 1. E

full -1io i11t;

a ~,

rH111tll

lctter!i u.ru J>r e fc 1T<H I

j

aH,

11

Mi ll 'r1 P u lil h-td

Et' o 11u 111 y ,

\'1d ." i ., l"~ ~ J.;

li i. 1 chn.p . iv., ttec t. vi., p. 573."

-

TJ.i s wri t" r tL"'t1 C rt~. 1. Thu.t Natnro i ~ unlimitt.> d iu h~r opcra.tio na; 2. Thft.t Rhe ha..t
ln l· Xlia11.-;til-l t• tn·n~ ur ..ti in re!-' 1·rn: ; a. Tliu.t k 11o wlt:dgo will R.l WH.ys Le progresil ive,o.utl,
" · 'l'l1tll a.II futur1 1 J!:t• 1n· nltions "il l 10J1 l i1111 .: t~' mako lliscovcri ca.

lt n u: 5. - The fir~! woru llfter ti puriod, except when used as an abbrevi rttion. ~ houl.J IH•µ:i n with a oapitnl.

It u 1. ~; fl . l"rnsT \\' 0 1111 OF AN Ex All l'LF.. -The first word of n. sentence or
clrwsc whi ch i; girnu ns n.n e:rnmpl" ~hould begin wit.ha capital; ll~, "Tem·

Ru1, F. 1 I. - The pronoun I , and the iutcrjectio11 0 , ~ huultl 1dways L•i
Cl\}iil!Ll lett ers.

ll u u ; 12. PoETll Y . with a eapital.

The ti rBt wore! of C\' Crj Iiue of puet ry "! 1.. ultl bcgi n

Ruu: 1 :~. NA~rns oir Gon.-A ll names nnd tit.l e8 of Clo1l ohoulu beg in
with a ca['ital; ••s, Jch o ,·ah, l;'u.ther, Creatur, A lrn ighty , e tc .
Ru 1,E l -L PllOl'Ell NA~rns. -Al l pr11p cr nitm e~ s houlJ lwgi 11 with ('<lJ•itals ; l\81 Jup iter, MaliomC't, Ilrah n111 , 1'0 1111,cy, Lake Eril' , J\f o u .liiy, U o• id
Friday, Rome, Chi na , France.
H u LF: 15. " '0 11ns nEH JV P.D Fnui1 Pn n Pt:H NAl1~:s . - '"'•·r .! s u1•.-i,-c< l fr .. rn
propur nam es shou!J hegin with a cnp it a l ; a" , Mahor11 e ta n, Brah11ti n. Chr i,;.

tinn ; Roma n ; F r enc h , l"p1111ish, Grecian; to Chri" l ia11iz c . lv .Jutlaize, tu
ltom11.11 ize, etc.
Ru1.t: Iii, T1n. F;s OP Ho:-1011 ASll OH·1n;.-Titl(•" of h0J1< 1r ilnd offi"e
s h ou ld heg i11 with n capital; u ~. The l'n:s i• l<' nf of the l'11it cd ~f 1tl• '" · Iii•
Jlon o r lh o Miiyor of Phil1Ldelphi1L, l' rcs id c•nl. Mttcli ,,;011, tin co 11 \'i ctor ill, S ir
Hobert M urch i ~on, Your Hoyal llighnes8, etc.

pcnrn co prom ot es h ealth."

lt uu: 7. QuoTI:'IG T 1T.:.Es. - In quoting the titl e of a book, every noun,
JtMHinin, 1\.Jj<'div c. 1rn 1l ndv orh ~b o uld begin with n capital ; ae, "Sparks'•
l.ifo of

w.."hington ."

Jt1 1u ; ~. Fm~,. Wo 1rn

OF

A D1 rn:eT Q11ERT!Ol'I. -The first word of a

direot

qu .. s tic.n ,.i hou lrl brgin with a •»q•ital: as . (T>in·c t q ne•t ion. ) Hi• worrla O.rt', "Wby clo yon n ot stn<l y th e le~son ! "
(lrnlir,.c l q110•ti on. ) lfe "~"ire• t.o kn ow why yo n di) not •Indy the lesson.

Il u l.I': 9. FtnsT Wonn o~· 1i D11t~'.CT QrnTATJON. -The firMt word of a. dlreoC
quotation s h ou ld heg in with n <:api tn.1: a•, Plutareb saye," Lying I• tt.e vico of

• lav e •.~

RP1.P. 17. Tn~: IlrnLJ>: . - A capitid is alway s u sed for th" t e rm~ o rdin a rilJ
tm1ployc<l to <l e~ig n 1itc th e Tiiulc , or any 11a rti cular part ur hook ,,f the Bible ;
M,

The H oly B ihle. tho Sacre1! Writing;• , tho Old TC' ~ l:t111r11t , th e U u•pc l of

l\111,tth c w, tb e Acts o f the Apo ~ t.le" · the J<:pi s t l!' to tbe Eph .. ,,ia.M, lice lt e l' eln.ti on, tlce P•o.lms, etc. T11 liko mann er,,. capit.1d i;. U AQd i11 gi,· i11i.; tile names
of oth e r Mite r ed writings, as the K ornn , the Zend A vest ii, the l'umnll~, etc.

Ru LP. 18. Wonns OF SPF.CJ A 1. I~r!'OllTANCP.. - Word s des c rihin g th <> gr!'at
events of history, or ex traordinary t hin gs o f any kind , whi c h h iil'e n.cquir11cl
a. distinctive name, beg in with a capital; as, the Reformation, th e H cYo lu tion. th e war of Independence, the Middle Ages, Magna Charin, the Uulf
Stream, eto.
-

I r;.+

F i H,..; T

L J·:

c; <.;

n

~

S

I

~

1'

0 \f P 0 SIT I 0

MISCELLANEOUS EXA MPL£.S FOR PRACTICE.

f Pnn c tuatu

th o fu llu w ing t;t• nt c 11 t:c ~ 1

iU1d

JuHku tlw w~ct-~iot1ll · ~y cuJTtctiona in regard.

t o Cll lJil».l R.j

1. Charles notwith:-;tan<l in ~ the delay had left england
to work his way a.':\ be:-;t he mi g ht out of his Difficulties
2. the scot."l therefore at the 1Jreak of day entered the
( ~:i..~t1 (~

8. Fashion is for the most part the o::;tentation of
Riches
4. besides if yon labor in 1mxleration it will conduce
to Health a:-; well as to \\'ealth
.S. Sir Pcte1· Care w for some unknown reason had
writ.t en to ask li>r his panlon
G. The l\Ian when ff e saw this departed
7. the now<l a.<; Throg morton left the court threw up
their caps and shouted
8. El izabet.Ii who had been requested to attend was
not present
g_ The frost h ad set in the low damp ground was hard
the Dykes were frozen ·
10. a brown C'urling h eard flowed down upon his chest
11. she tl1011glit the isle that g:we her birth
the swef'tcst mild est Janel on earth
12. The first Seven carried maces swords or pole-axes
13. She plan s provides expatiates triumphs there
14. \Ylio to the enraptmed heart arn1 ear an<l eye
T each beauty virt ue truth and love and melody
15. Give rn c :t sanetiti('tl and just a charitable and
l1tunhle a relig i1 H1s and contcntcLl spirit
16 . Now a nian n o \\' :1 seraph and now a beast
17. tl1c drngn n st<rnd ... the hieroglyph of evil ancl
gnaws at tll<~ trf'l' ur lifi_·
18. The o<·e lot a beautiful and striped fiend hisses like
a s nak"

PU~CTUATTn~ .

~ .

·~~
.-~

.....,.

-~

19. He that calb upon th ee i:-; Theodore the h('rmit of
l\:ncri 11i.:
20. Haw 111ad1m.;s nd(•d th« l1011r
21. \Ve saw a hrgc o p1·11i11g or i11ld
22. The Egyptian seri'Je11t tlH~ ass-lic:ad<·d d<',·il df'sr•r,·r,.
the first mC'ntio11 a."l among tlic old est pcrsu11 iticatio11" nt'
t 111· spirit <>f 1-'Vil
2:L \\'el l Sir ::'\ idiohs " ·Jut l1 l'''"
:2--L ZaC'c heus mak e h<hte alld r·· •Ill!' do\rn
2.5. The conspiracy being crnsl1ed withnu t l>l()<Hls lw.J
a11 inqt tir:v into it" origin could h0 c:lrric<l ont :d 1.. i:-:1m•
26. Thus preei ow;Jy freighted tl1c sp:u1ish fkd sai l1·d
frotJl Cunuuia.

27. C rll(•l arnl savage a.-; th e persecution had hl'('()Jll(' iL
was Mill inadeq uate
28. Faith is opposed to infidelity h ope to d(·spai r
charity to enmity arnl h ostility
29. Elizabeth threw herself in front of Maril' ,\ ntoinette exclaiming I am the qnccn
30. Kant. said give me matter :rn<l I will bui ld thf'
worhl
31. \Vhatc\·er li appcnR Mary 0xclaims Elizalwth I am
th e wife of the Pri n<'e of Spain nown run k Ii fo al I shal I
go before I will take any 0th.er huRband
32. In the r egions inhabited by angelic natur0s tm min r;led felicity foreve r blooms joy flows then' with a
perpetnal and abundant stream nor needs any momHl tD
check its course

,">,

,

I

166

FiflST

IN

LE SSONS

'O i\IPO S ITION.

AN EXA3IPLE OF PROOF-SHEET
iU Otf l~ O
1

a

TU E

j

M:\ ~:o:n. I ~

WUI CU .l!!llH OHS OF

TUE

Pftt:SS

A R~

EXPLANATIONS O F THE CO RRE.CTIONS

'

HARKED

F OR 001\lt.ECTJOK.

Tnoucrt se vC'1jl diffe rin g op in ion s exist as to
th e 111Jivi<lual hy w;fom th e a rt of printing was
fir:i t dis co ver ed; y et all authoriti es con cur in

2

0)

f '-._./
11

or w o rd tt ~o t o he Hller('(i; u u.mc ly, t hrcu l i1t d J ft>r Ctt.p italri, two li11 "~ f"r :-:111all l'u11i t all'l1 1•n1 l o n o Jin o fur Italics ; llnd Uy writ iug i u th o nw.rg in t h u w o r d C:a p 11, 8 111 . Ca11H,

tlie art -ef- of cutti119 th e le tters from the Gut-

or

tC'nb crgs/ h e is a lso supposed to h ave be 0 n

th ro11 g; lt it , a11 d plllcU in tlio

7/-/ ,

tl1 e fii.'st wh ~{n grav ~d on copper/\pl ntes. The
following t estimony 1s preseved in the fam il}· a /
/\
• i
l >,\ ,Jo. Frctl. F a ustus, of' Aschaffcnburg.
~
'-"
'-._./
'-" ' - '
•
S<:'lt odfC' r,

of G0rn!:lh eim , perceivini!

Iii,; rna:;t er Fausxq· <l<'s ign, and being himself

IS

< ,;[{.
Y, <Z§'~

111

a 711atrix, th at tli e le tt eni n;ight en1<ily be

j

in s t ead of bi c ng ctit.

Ho pri- 12e//

vately cut matrices ! fo r the whole alph~bet: 11
Faust was so p leased wi th the contrivan
/ that lie

/d:~t'.gl1ter

promi.se~

f e~er to g ive him hi

Ch ~st 1 na

1n .

m :uriage,

/ \\'11 1c h h o soon after pt'rformccl.
19

on l;

uf

promise s~· /.
a·
18

a.;/ (Bu-t th ere were man y di culties at first no
. l 1 t l 1eso letters, /\
as the

w1l

::p+

~ith woode n o n <'s,

3 //7J

I

and

2

jy

if

had been be fore o~o ~
m etal being t oo soft 3 ..ha/.

y

tu ::s u ppor i ilie fo :e of tii e in1pression =. ~ ut 9 -::,/
tliis <lefcct w
soo n r em ecli eu, by mixing
a s uh~ t:.i.n
·<l

I

with th o m0t nl wh ich sufficie ntly '1&. U

wkn 4e ,otf'owr:cl J'r;,

ma.Jki. t~

&ttcz.:;. caat jwm t~ede matuce.,,

....
....

17

Jll i\I J~ 111 flin

lllark 11ero 1-! h "i •Jl , whid1 i11 tL e ul •l

' 'dij'

of

writing th o le tter d, nntl " la nds for th u Latin dde, tl rslroy.
!'l. Chnnglug Pnnctuaflon. - A point ia t u be (·nrn· <·t,·11 in th t' tHHll" t111rnne r Ma lt·tt·· r ( N o . 1 ) . If th e Jh. dn t t o b t: in 1-w r tec1 i ~ l\ p e ri uJ, it s hvuhl l.Jt· c11d11:-1c •l
word~ nr 1.. tt1·r"' . p111 ~
cnrPt 1111tlc r tlJo 1il1u:e wh e r e th o Hpacc o u g lit t o lJe, u 1uJ. put iu th i~ 11 1a1i::;i r1 llw d 1a rn1· tDr l11•re ~ iv1: 11.
7. JlyphPn Otnltt.ecl.- lf a hy11l 1l'n l1aR lwr n 011iitti-1l , 1·11t a card 1111d · r tl1 ·"!
}J l a<;.~, aud writ e tlw hy1'11 e n i n tlit} margi n Letw1:e 11 t"v Bla 1it ii 1w:-1.
8. Letters Ornlttecl. - lf n }Ptt c r liaa l wt"t\ u 111itt ed, put a car"t 11wl··r th o
p lacu, a 11J J•lll i11 t l10 111arg iu a. tSla11 t li no wi th tlic letter to tl rn l1·ft of i t.
n. Clo~tng l Tp. - Tf f\ lin o i~ t oo whh·ly t-1pa.ee d , or l..tt1· r8 l·trl· M•·1•:1rathl tli ;d.
t1 h 11 11l1l ti._. j1d11 ~ ll , tl1 1· JdterM tliat n r1• t o l•e bn,ug h t f o g j·th1· r toh11 11ld 1°1· no11111·1 !•··I J.y
n ··11rv1·d 111ark. •·ithi·r uhov u, o r U1..·h)\\"1 o r Lot h , lUHl a (·01-r1.;t1 po11di11g wnr k ~ l1 0 1lid L11
Jd un:cl t u th o m arg i11 .
10. N e 'v Parn.grn.ph. - " ' l1t•n n. n r w paragraph h~ rNp1in•d. p11t il carPt al
th (• 1.t a1·,. wlt t.· r1• t J1 .. 11 c w !•arug:nlj dt l'i lJO uld lx>gi11 , un d a 1111adra 11 g"l " i11 th" 111 111 ~.1 11
11. Apostrophe.., &c. - \\' J>t· n th o apo~ t rop h e , inv•· rt1•d c<1mmrtM, t.L1• 1-1 1ar ttri• I
ot h e r rC' ft.· rc n t:l'~, ur l 1: tten1 anU Hg 11rf"H of n n y kind th nt go <1Y1·r tlw l i111·. 1111\·,. hi ·t·n
0 111 ittt:<l, Jill t I\ care t a t th e pla t.:e, a 1ul w r i t e tl1e o mi tll..'d 1q,usu·v11hr· or 11tli•·r 1 l1a r;wt•· r
iu th e 111a.rg i11 , in th o bmw m ofu.n u.11 g l1j run.de fo r tl1 e p11 rprnw , a11 d 11 111~ 1~i11 L:; 1111\\aril<i.
1 ~. TrR.n sp o~lng. - 'rl t<• n 1\ word is t o be tran :'p<•sed,drawa l iH ·· r .. 1u1.J it :uid
cnrry t h ti l i1n• ov1·r t n tl1 0 plan; w lu·re tl1t.· wo n·I iH t" lw put, writ i11;.:; i11 th" 11wt"1.: i11 ,,._
(trau~po .-.1·).

If t\\o or thn·o l1 ·t 1t- rs in a word

ltt"I! 111i ~1ilai ~·d .

d raw a l111t· fT11ol 1,f f th 1·11 1,

owl writ o th••m corrre tl y in tho n 11irg- in .

Jfrfr n·nd \ Hird!-! hr" 111 i.- }1Lu ·1 .. 1. dra'' u J111 <i
lll)tf 1•r l)lf ' /ll Hl l, \.,.Tjtf.~ (l\'~• f l)Ll'nl tJ1, , f1 ;.~ 11T'/' ."I 1, ~ 1 a, 4 , t'ft; . 1 fU l"d1t 1\\ ' {J iu Uf! l~ · (" i ll \\JiJ.-Ji
th ey Hli u uld tt lu. ud, u.ud. jJUl tr. i u th u Juu.rgin.
l '.L S tet. - \\' h11n h y nd1'J tak <' n worfl haR l ~t4f' n m nrk f·d t o l ie s tru r h <rnf. itnd V ri U
wi ~h it tu ~ta 11d , iJUt a. ·r u w uf t.lot:i uuJcr it, u.1111 th lj word &ld tle t it ~l 1 u1d ; lll .I lic
n1 a rl(in .

H . Spnce Project In~. - Wlie 11 a•p1u·o (a th in "lip ,.f rnf't.tl
Jir ojects, Jraw

ll

li 11H 11111kr it, a wl lli.._: rorr1:.-. poutli11 g t11ark i 11 tlie

""'"!

f,,r "l""·i11>')

111:lf" )-'.i 11.

1!"1 . 'V o1·ds Ont. - ,Yh e n tmvr•ral word:; J1av 1· b +·1· 11 J.-ft out,'' 11 !• · Tf !•·r1! a! 1!1 !"1
fo o t of tlw li:q.:1-, and dra w IL lin e fnim tl u: m t.1• lli( i pla<'e \\Jp·i,· 1!1• · \ ,.; l1· •1il ·I IH· 1i1·
tit:r t f'rl.
lfth t.· rn att•· r o rnit th ii s t PO I 11urhtol 1 tit h11 ~writk11at t !w:•"·i •>I 1111 ·1 ' 1 ··•
''T i ff· on fl111 111 ;1rl.!:ill tl11.~ w111·d-1 011!, t.f'r:. ,~01p!J, a nd writ i· lil\1' '' i~· · on tlll' t 11ari.~ i11 f1 ! tJ 1,.
fVI•Y t lw \\t•nl (J ,, /, Hltd {·ttdo~ (~ tl w om iU t·d word~ ill l·i-;11 · 1.;l'{-t

lf;. l . . . t'fferfil ~fnncllng Crooke d. of 11nt i nF; t l iiri deft- , ; .

Th e m a rkM h ere given s hnwtl H•mo, I"

li . Wron~ l~""' ount .. - " - 111·11 I\ h·tkr of a. difTe rr11t f11 11 nt Ji a~ l 1f•1·11 io sf· rt \·.J,
n rn rk it wit h i~ :-1 !a 11t l ine, and writ e wf. ( w r• •ng f1.. 1011t ) i11 tl H· 1wtrg-in .
JH. No 1•11.rngrnph .·- \Yl1<•n IL para~rnph has ht.~ 1·n iuad,.. wh(•J"t' 11 1 >11'· \\:1-i
fntNJCJ .. d. drawn Ji11 c from tlu~ l1 r11l\ 1'll ·vtf 111 att 1· r to t.fw uext parah rapli, arirl \\ r·if,. 11 1
til e

111.1

r .: i n ,\

·J 4-;

l !l. LeCt <Jnf. - \\.hp n n. w11rd lmd l 11 ·1·u l ufl 0 11t, mak e a c arP t a t t110 pl ace, 1uHl
'' ri to tli1• word ill th1· m11rgi11 .
~n. Faulty Letter. - \\"l tt·11 a letter io fau lty, tl rnw "crvss umlcr it, e.ml

"'"kw" s w..Il

'"

.k
,.,.

iu a tirdc. (S<:e e x~m p l e at tho Lvttom vf tho page.)
6. Spnce Oml t t ed. -If I\ Ppace is omitt r rl l 1f•twf\e n tw1)

out (by the good proYi cle n co of God ) the
meth od of cutt in g (i»eidnuli) the characters 18 <Jlet.
s in g ly cast

ltali ~s.

4. Dele-tng. - When a wor'l or a letter Is t o h o t nke n ont, mnk e ""!ant Jin•

n(z. 0.!t.:s irnuS\_f(;:;-fCnfG_) to improve the art, found

JG

Himilur ~ 1 1111t li n o i11 t h o marg in , 1u11l writi u t{ to th e l1·ft o f it th•.' corn·ct l1< fl._·r. .A
w)1 o lc word , i f wron g, is corrcett..- U Uy Lira.wing: a liuc tlC ri•th~ it, u n U wr iting tlw curr ec t wurd i11 t h e 1uu.rgin op1~0M ik.
2. l .. et ft~ r8 ll1u~ lde-down. - A ktter th a t in ups ide -du\,·11 il'I n11t1 ·d l1y draw i ng a Mla 11t liuu t hrough it, n.n d ma.k h 1g tu tl ie IUargiu l lltJ 1uark l1 e rc J.!,iV c 11 .

wlio inv e ntC'cl cast mct~d types, h a ving learned

0 > ' p,,t c- 1~
\/

- NoTE.-'l'h o 11 111111.>ers rc·fer to th e fi g •Ir<'B in the mflrg in .
1. 'Vron.g J_.e rter s or 'Vord 8. - A wroi1~ 1 ,~ttt• r in a w ord i ~ ri•)tNl 1.y
dr~twin~ a Hli •.1rt Nlan t lin e tlirou g J1 i t , aa h e r e thro ugh tli u e in twvt:re l , ma.k i n K ~'

a. CftJ>S, Sm.nil Ca.p s, a1·u 1 ltn.llcs. -If l o tt t · ~ o r w or1l'i IHt• to 111 · 1dt 1• ri·it
fr ow OHO c li a r ;11·t1:r tu anoth e r, it iii 11ote1l Uy drawi11 g p und lc l liri· ·e lwlow tl1t• li ·tt •·r,;:

ll dmittin g I'etM k ~: h_ot>ff~r to be tho person S

10

167

PUN CT U AT I 0 N.

cross i o tho margin .

t

~

~....iillL.......ilt:-...-~~...;;:·;,.:'V,;..c

'

168

Fil1ST

LESSONS

lN

COMPOS ITI O N .

THE CORRECTED PROOF-S HEET.
TH OUGH severnl diffe ri ng op inions exist as t.o
the indi vid ua l by whom the a rt of printing was
first tbcovered; yet all au thorities concur in
admi tti ng PETER SCHOEFF ER t o be the
p cn;on who in ven tcd cn,,~t metal f ype.~, having
learn ed the a rt. of r utting the letters from the
G uttenbe rgs: he is ah<o supposed to h ave been
the fir8t wh o engrnv('tl on copper-plates. The
fol lowing testim on'y i" p reserved in the family,
by .To. Fred. Fau>:1 tu:<, of Al'lchatlen burg :
• PETER Sc110EFFEH, of Ge rn ~ h e im , perceiving h is ma.<1tcr Fa1 1st's design, an d being himself ard ently des iron:.l to improve th e a rt, found
out (by the good prov idence of God) the
method uf cu tting (inddcndi) the characters in
a 11ui.tri.:c, th at the letters might ea~ily be singly

cast, inst.cad of ht.:i11g c1d.

He privately cut

mntrices fo r t h e wh ole alphabet : a n d wh en he

showed

hi~ ma.~tcr

the l..tt ns (·a-=t. from these

mat rices, Fnu:<t. w:i.~ Ro pl•·n;<c,J with tl1t' cont ri\'ance, that h0 promi"c1l Peter to g ive him
his only daug li tt•r Ulir i,qfina in marriage, a
promise which li e soo n a fte r perfo rmed. Ilut
tl: ere were as rnany d iflic ulties at fi rst wi th
thl'.~e h·ttn><, a.'i ll il ·re liad live n l1l' l;1re " ·it[1
t1YJ<;dn1

t;11,·s.

til e

H1\ · i:1l

h ·ing too f'oft to

f'lljl -

po r t the fon·1' of thP irnp rPsf'ion : hnt thi ;< dPfect

wa..; "non rt·n11'.Jil'.J , l•y mixing the m!'tal with a.
su bstan ce wh id1 sullic iently h ardened it.'
Tl'IF. ENTl.

MODEL T EXT-BO OKS
CHASE & STUART'S CLASSICAL SERIES.

II

I'
!I

COMPRIS I NG

A Fin ;t Latin Book,
.11 L a tin Gramma r,
.,,1 Latin Reader,
I

II

, . Ccesar ' s · Conun'benta.ries,
I
F irst Six Books of .;Enr~id,
Virgi1/s .!Enrid,
Virgil's Ecl ogues ruul Grnrgics,
Cicero'.-; SP l ect Ora.tfo11s ,
I
Hurncc's Odt's . Srdirr·s, and E11isths,
S(l.llnst's nitili IU' et Ju,gurt/1 t'f,,
Cicer o De Senect u t e, et De ~1micitia,
Cornelius .'fa.repos,
Cfrf'ro De Offieiis,
Cicero's Tnsr·nll/n Dispntatioris,
Cicero de Oraturc,
Juvenal,
Terence,
Ovid .

l:

~:;,J

-::; .
·~A

·~~~·

l

...
ii

A ,

il

SERIES OF TEXT-BOOKS

!l
II

=i

ON THE

, .-

i;

l,.or 1 ·liildren.

~

By !'rot'.

:l
Ii

;~

,~

--:r

Thc-Scr!cs

.

i11

i \ ;1 t111·:il

11

·;~

Xat111·;tl rhilosopliy.

Philosophy.

F r .\1·adl'111i c~ a11:l l 'ul!4·.:.:1..·-..;.

l:y

LJJIYl:-1

J. Jlut:sTu:-; , A.)l.

I:

For l1 i 0 h ::ielwoi.".

i L ang·ua}fe L essons for B eginners,

I

Hy l>rof. L. J. 11OU!:iTO:\, A.l\1.

Elcmeuts of Physical Gco~rapJi~:.

j

i·,.
I

1,

Hy EIJIHI' .J . Jlo1 :STP;'>:, 1\ . .\I., l'r<Jf. of' l'hy .- i•·; a11.! Ph1·- ic11l
lieol!;rapliy i11 tl1e l'c uLra l lli .l!;h :--chooi of l'h iL1•kl;.!1i:t .
'l'h e la te.-;t <t11 d liest book on the ~ uhjl'd . A l t'Xt·l11 •1> k tlul
wil i .i.:i:uk11 bhc licarts o t' teal' hers and l'lll•il>l. llurl' 1;1·11 1·rally
11.>cd tlia 11 auy ut l. er work 011 Luc ::.uLjcd.

·11

II

II

Christian Ethics; or, T h e Science of the Lifo of
Human Duty.

I

II

1;

Hy Prof. E. J . llut·sTO '.S', .\.>L

A Short Cou rsP in Chernistr:v.

compri~e!! the following volnmef', viz.:

Elementary English Grammar,
.! English Grcurunar ancl .!lnal!Jsis,
11 First Lessons in Composition,
I!II Composition a ncl Rhetoric,
11 .,1 Short Course in Literatiae,
!I .!l Class-Boole of Poetrf!,
.!l Jlfam,1,al of .!lmerican Literatur(!,,
11
.11 .lilanual of English Literature.

.J. I 111 1,.;T \ l '.', ,\.) !.

.! . ll"L"'r•o>, .\. ,\!.

i,
F u r :-:>cllllub a11d :\ cad 1·111 i1·"·
jl Elc111t~11ts of Clu~111i s try .

-...f+

Culi•:yc of .New J ers->y.

:j

l:i>\1'1:-;

.E lmnent.s of

""--

Late P rofc,ssor of R/1,roric and of the Ei1,r;Ush Language 1n /M

Fl •\IT\

I11terrn<'diate J. . 1·sso11s

~
~~;

11
II

l:_r l'r• 1L

!

~

By JOHNS. HART, LL.D.,

-

Easy Ll'ssous in Xatural J>hilosoplty.

~
._,_,,,.

ENGLI SH LANGUAGE.

..... -

~

1

I

-

A New Text-Book on Moral f:cie nce.

ii
Ii
ii

ny Re v. D. s. GP.IWOHY,

D.D., Prc;iidcnt of Lake Forl'~t U11ivcrsiLy, Illin<1is.

Practical J,ogie; or, The Art of Thinking.
Dy llcv. D. :::>. G 1~EG01tY, D .n.

.i Groesbeek's Practical nook-Keeping Series.
l'rof. Jorrn
P rin. of tlic Critteuucu Com:uerIj 13y
cial College. In Two Volumes, viz. :
GHOESHECK,

THE

Commercial Schools, Colleges, &cr.
ScuooL EDITION, for Schools and Academies.

COLLEGE EDITION, for

I
1

MODEL SERIES OF AR!THMET/08.

An Elementary Algebra.

By EDGAR A. SINGER, A.M.,
Princip al of ti~ llc.,n; IV. JlaUiwell Grammar School, PMJa<klphia.

ii

I

I

.

I
'

COMPRISING

The

The .Moclel Primary Arithmetic,
.
The Jlfodel Elementary Arithmetie,
The JIIodcl .lliental Arithmetic,

j J ~:

b

Model Prcictical .!lrithmetic,
Jiiodcl Test Arith1~etic. In Preparati:n::::.;:;:::=:::::~

A Text. nook for Schoolti and Academies. By J osErrr W.
W11.so:-<, A.M., I'rnfossorof MaLhemat.ics in the Philadelpliia
Central Iligh School.

Crittenden Commercial Arithme tic an<l
Business Maunal. New Edition, Dec., 1882.

Design ed for the use e;f Teachers, Ilusines."I ]4en, Academies,
Jligh Schools, aml Commercial Colleges. By l'rof: J OilN
GHOESBECK .

.

I A Manual of Elocntion aud Reading.

Fou11JeJ ou Philoso11liy of the Human Voice. Ily EDWAHD
Ph.D., Prin. of 8tat e Normal School, Millersville, l'a.

L ---- -- - -- ------·

l

BROOKS,

·1

--=--

--·=-=-===::'J

--- =-=
--~
·

'

mm

{" I

~-e -Model Definer.

, .l. . - - -

1

I

c.

A Manual of Etymology.
Contain in g Definitions, Etymology, Latin Derivatives, Greek
Derivatives, Sentences as Models, and Analysis. With a Key
containing the Analysis of every word which could present any
difficulties to tho lourncr. By A. C. WEBB.

The Model Speaker.

I

Consis ting of Exercises in Prose and Poetry, Suitable for Reci·
tation, Declamation, Public Readings, etc. Compiled for the
use of Schools nud Academies, by Prof. PHILIP LAWRENCE.

First Lessons in Physiology and Hygiene.
By CHAltLES K • .MILL:;, M.D.

Anatomy, Physiology, and Hygiene.

I'

I

A Text-Book fvr Sd10o ls, Academies, Colleges, and Famil.iea.
By JOSEPII C. :MARTINDALE, M.D.

F irst

Lcs~ons

For Beginncl"8.

in N atu r a l P11iiosophy.
By J OSEPll C. MAliTINDALE, M.D.

A ITancl-Book of I .. itcrat urc,

II

i A Short Cmu·sc iu Literature,

I
I

EngliRh an<l Amerlcnn.

Ily E . J. TRIMBLE, Prof. of Literature, State Normal School,
West Chester, Pa.
·

Ily E . .T.

English and A1n.erlcan.

1,i

THIMBLE.

!

Short Studies in Literature,

English and American.

Dy A. P. ,_O UTH\\'I C K, A.M.

I
·:. 1
·

j The Con:-:;titu t ion of the United States.

1·1

F :>r Scl1ools , wit Ii Qnestious under each,Clause. By Prof. JOHN
S . IL\l\'f, LL.U. !::il10uld be taught in every school.

11

j

J

1
j f A Hand-Book of lUythology.
11

Ii
11

,i

Dy S. A. E o W,\ rws, Teacher of :M ythology in the Girls' Normal i.
Scl.wo!, Pliii.-J dphia.
1
1

Lb.---::-= -- ---- ·-

-~- --- -~~ -

'·
I
;'

A Book for Beginners, containing Definitions, Etymology, ·and
Sente nce as Models, exhibiting the correct use of Words. By
A.
WEBB.
Containing Defin itions, Etymology, Latin Derivatives, Sen·
tcnces as Models, nud Analysi~. With a Key containing the I '
Analysis of every word which could present any difficulties to
the learner. By A . C. WEBB.

I. ,

c:

/

The Model Etymology.

I

/

--

d;1

. . . . . . . ·- u:;.,.
/

'

j

·- ~

/

,.

W··

,..

